William J. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book 082483190X, 9780824831905, 9781435666740

Table of contents :
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=cover.pdf......Page 1
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=i.pdf......Page 2
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=ii.pdf......Page 3
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=iii.pdf......Page 4
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=iv.pdf......Page 5
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=v.pdf......Page 6
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=vi.pdf......Page 7
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=vii.pdf......Page 8
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=viii.pdf......Page 9
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=ix.pdf......Page 10
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=x.pdf......Page 11
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=xi.pdf......Page 12
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=xii.pdf......Page 13
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=1.pdf......Page 14
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=2.pdf......Page 15
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=3.pdf......Page 16
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=4.pdf......Page 17
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=5.pdf......Page 18
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=6.pdf......Page 19
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=7.pdf......Page 20
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=8.pdf......Page 21
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=9.pdf......Page 22
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=10.pdf......Page 23
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=11.pdf......Page 24
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=12.pdf......Page 25
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=13.pdf......Page 26
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=14.pdf......Page 27
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=15.pdf......Page 28
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=16.pdf......Page 29
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=17.pdf......Page 30
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=18.pdf......Page 31
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=19.pdf......Page 32
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=20.pdf......Page 33
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=21.pdf......Page 34
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=22.pdf......Page 35
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=23.pdf......Page 36
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=24.pdf......Page 37
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=25.pdf......Page 38
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=26.pdf......Page 39
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=27.pdf......Page 40
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=28.pdf......Page 41
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=29.pdf......Page 42
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=30.pdf......Page 43
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=31.pdf......Page 44
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=32.pdf......Page 45
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=33.pdf......Page 46
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=34.pdf......Page 47
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=35.pdf......Page 48
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=36.pdf......Page 49
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=37.pdf......Page 50
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=38.pdf......Page 51
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=39.pdf......Page 52
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=40.pdf......Page 53
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=41.pdf......Page 54
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=42.pdf......Page 55
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=43.pdf......Page 56
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=44.pdf......Page 57
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=45.pdf......Page 58
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=46.pdf......Page 59
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=47.pdf......Page 60
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=48.pdf......Page 61
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=49.pdf......Page 62
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=50.pdf......Page 63
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=51.pdf......Page 64
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=52.pdf......Page 65
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=53.pdf......Page 66
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=54.pdf......Page 67
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=55.pdf......Page 68
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=56.pdf......Page 69
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=57.pdf......Page 70
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=58.pdf......Page 71
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=59.pdf......Page 72
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=60.pdf......Page 73
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=61.pdf......Page 74
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=62.pdf......Page 75
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=63.pdf......Page 76
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=64.pdf......Page 77
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=65.pdf......Page 78
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=66.pdf......Page 79
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=67.pdf......Page 80
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=68.pdf......Page 81
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=69.pdf......Page 82
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=70.pdf......Page 83
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=71.pdf......Page 84
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=72.pdf......Page 85
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=73.pdf......Page 86
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=74.pdf......Page 87
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=75.pdf......Page 88
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=76.pdf......Page 89
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=77.pdf......Page 90
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=78.pdf......Page 91
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=79.pdf......Page 92
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=80.pdf......Page 93
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=81.pdf......Page 94
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=82.pdf......Page 95
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=83.pdf......Page 96
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=84.pdf......Page 97
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=85.pdf......Page 98
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=86.pdf......Page 99
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=87.pdf......Page 100
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=88.pdf......Page 101
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=89.pdf......Page 102
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=90.pdf......Page 103
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=91.pdf......Page 104
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=92.pdf......Page 105
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=93.pdf......Page 106
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=94.pdf......Page 107
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=95.pdf......Page 108
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=96.pdf......Page 109
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=97.pdf......Page 110
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=98.pdf......Page 111
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=99.pdf......Page 112
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=100.pdf......Page 113
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=101.pdf......Page 114
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=102.pdf......Page 115
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=103.pdf......Page 116
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=104.pdf......Page 117
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=105.pdf......Page 118
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=106.pdf......Page 119
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=107.pdf......Page 120
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=108.pdf......Page 121
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=109.pdf......Page 122
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=110.pdf......Page 123
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=111.pdf......Page 124
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=112.pdf......Page 125
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=113.pdf......Page 126
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=114.pdf......Page 127
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=115.pdf......Page 128
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=116.pdf......Page 129
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=117.pdf......Page 130
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=118.pdf......Page 131
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=119.pdf......Page 132
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=120.pdf......Page 133
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=121.pdf......Page 134
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=122.pdf......Page 135
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=123.pdf......Page 136
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=124.pdf......Page 137
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=125.pdf......Page 138
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=126.pdf......Page 139
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=127.pdf......Page 140
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=128.pdf......Page 141
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=129.pdf......Page 142
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=130.pdf......Page 143
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=131.pdf......Page 144
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=132.pdf......Page 145
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=133.pdf......Page 146
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=134.pdf......Page 147
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=135.pdf......Page 148
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=136.pdf......Page 149
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=137.pdf......Page 150
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=138.pdf......Page 151
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=139.pdf......Page 152
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=140.pdf......Page 153
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=141.pdf......Page 154
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=142.pdf......Page 155
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=143.pdf......Page 156
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=144.pdf......Page 157
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=145.pdf......Page 158
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=146.pdf......Page 159
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=147.pdf......Page 160
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=148.pdf......Page 161
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=149.pdf......Page 162
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=150.pdf......Page 163
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=151.pdf......Page 164
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=152.pdf......Page 165
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=153.pdf......Page 166
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=154.pdf......Page 167
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=155.pdf......Page 168
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=156.pdf......Page 169
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=157.pdf......Page 170
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=158.pdf......Page 171
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=159.pdf......Page 172
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=160.pdf......Page 173
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=161.pdf......Page 174
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=162.pdf......Page 175
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=163.pdf......Page 176
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=164.pdf......Page 177
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=165.pdf......Page 178
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=166.pdf......Page 179
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=167.pdf......Page 180
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=168.pdf......Page 181
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=169.pdf......Page 182
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=170.pdf......Page 183
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=171.pdf......Page 184
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=172.pdf......Page 185
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=173.pdf......Page 186
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=174.pdf......Page 187
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=175.pdf......Page 188
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=176.pdf......Page 189
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=177.pdf......Page 190
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=178.pdf......Page 191
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=179.pdf......Page 192
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=180.pdf......Page 193
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=181.pdf......Page 194
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=182.pdf......Page 195
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=183.pdf......Page 196
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=184.pdf......Page 197
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=185.pdf......Page 198
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=186.pdf......Page 199
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=187.pdf......Page 200
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=188.pdf......Page 201
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=189.pdf......Page 202
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=190.pdf......Page 203
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=191.pdf......Page 204
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=192.pdf......Page 205
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=193.pdf......Page 206
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=194.pdf......Page 207
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=195.pdf......Page 208
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=196.pdf......Page 209
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=197.pdf......Page 210
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=198.pdf......Page 211
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=199.pdf......Page 212
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=200.pdf......Page 213
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=201.pdf......Page 214
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=202.pdf......Page 215
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=203.pdf......Page 216
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=204.pdf......Page 217
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=205.pdf......Page 218
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=206.pdf......Page 219
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=207.pdf......Page 220
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=208.pdf......Page 221
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=209.pdf......Page 222
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=210.pdf......Page 223
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=211.pdf......Page 224
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=212.pdf......Page 225
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=213.pdf......Page 226
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=214.pdf......Page 227
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=215.pdf......Page 228
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=216.pdf......Page 229
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=217.pdf......Page 230
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=218.pdf......Page 231
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=219.pdf......Page 232
nlreader.dll@bookid=236734&filename=220.pdf......Page 233

Citation preview

William J. Gedney’s Comparative Tai Source Book

111003-Hudak PMS 173 and BLACK

Hudak

University of Hawai‘i Press Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96822–1888

Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication No. 34

William J. Gedney’s Comparative Tai Source Book

Thomas John Hudak

William J. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book

OCEANIC LINGUISTICS SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS Numbers 1 through 25 are no longer available. I. English in Hawaii: An Annotated Bibliography. Stanley M. Tsuzaki and John E. Reinecke. 1966. 2. An Ivatan Syntax. Lawrence Andrew Reid. 1966. 3. Manobo-English Dictionary. Richard E. Elkins. 1968. 4. Nguna Texts. Albert J. Schiitz. 1969. 5. Nguna Grammar. Albert J. Schlitz. 1969. 6. A Grammar of Kaliai-Kove. David R. Counts. 1969. 7. Chrau Grammar. David D. Thomas. 1971. 8. Philippine Minor Languages: Word Lists and Phonologies. Edited by Lawrence A. Reid. 1971. 9. Japanese Pidgin English in Hawaii: A Bilingual Description. Susumu NagaTa. 1972. to. Kapampangan Syntax. Leatrice T. Mirikitani. 1972. II. Isneg-English Vocabulary. Morice Vanoverbergh. 1972. 12. Outline ofSre Structure. Timothy M. Manley. 1972. 13. Austroasiatic Studies, Parts I and II. Edited by Philip N. Jenner, Laurence C. Thompson, and Stanley Starosta. 1976. 14. A Bibliography of Pidgin and Creole Languages. Compiled by John E. Reinecke, Stanley M. Tsuzaki, David DeCamp, Ian F. Hancock, and Richard E. Wood. 1975. IS. A Handbook of Comparative Tai. Fang Kuei Li. 1977. 16. Syntactic Derivation of Tagalog Verbs. Videa P. De Guzman. 1978. 17. The Genetic Relationship of the Ainu Language, James Patrie. 1982. 18, A Grammar of Manam. Frantisek Lichtenberk. 1983. 19. The History of the Fijian Languages. Paul A. Geraghty. 1983. 20. For Gordon H. Fairbanks. Edited by Veneeta Z, Acson and Riehard L Leed, 1985. 21. The Causatives of Malagasy. Charles Randriamasimanana. 1986. 22. Echo of a Culture: A Grammar of Rennell and Bellona. Samuel H. Elbert. 1988. 23. A Guide to Austroasiatic Speakcrs and Their Languages. Robert Parkin, 1991. 24. Tonality in Austronesian Languages. Edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and Kenneth J. Gregerson. 1993. 25, Tinrin Grammar. Midori Osumi. 1995. 26. Toward a Reference Grammar ofTok Pisin: An Experiment in Corpus Linguistics. John W. M. Verhaar. 1995. 27. An Erromangan (Sye) Grammar. Terry Crowley, 1998. 28. From Ancicnt Cham to Modem Dialects: Two Thousand Years of Language Contact and Change. Graham Thurgood. 1999. 29, Grammatical Analysis: Morphology, Syntax, and Semantics: Studies in Honor of Stanley Starosta. Edited by Videa P. De Guzman and Byron W. Bender. 2000. 30. ,!,;handa: An Aboriginal Language of Western Australia. Juliette Blevins. 2001. 31. Bislama Reference Grammar. Terry Crowley. 2004. 32. Otto Dempwolff's Grammar afthe Jabem Language in New Guinea. Translated and edited by Joel Bradshaw and Francisc Czobor. 2005. 33. A Grammar of South Efale: An Oceanic Language of Vanuatu, Nicholas Thieberger. 2006. 34. William 1. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book. Thomas John Hudak. 2007, Publications may be ordered electronically from www.uhpress.hawaii.edu or by mail from University of Hawai'i Press, 2840 Kolowalu Street, Honolulu, Hawai'i 96822, USA.

Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication No. 34

William J. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book

Thomas John Hudak

University of Hawai'j Press Honolulu

© 2008 University of Hawai 'j Press All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America 13 12 II 10 09 08

6 5 4 3 2 I

Library of Congress Cataloging-in. Publication Data

Hudak, Thomas 1. William 1. Gedney's comparative Tai source book I Thomas John Hudak. p. cm. - (Oceanic linguistics special publication; no. 34) ISBN 978-0-8248-3190-5 (pbk. : alk. paper) I. Tai languages-Phonology, Comparative. 2. Proto-Tai language-Phonology. 1. Gedney, William J. II. Title. PL4113.H832008 495.9'1-dc22 2007041673

Camera-ready copy for this book was prepared under the supervision of the series editor. University of Hawai 'i Press books are printed on acid-free paper and meet the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Council on Library Resources Printed by IBT Global

CONTENTS

Acknowledgments .................................. VlI Abbreviations ........................................................... ix Map 1: Tai~speaking Areas in Southeast Asia and Southern China ................. "......... ".............. xi Chapter 1: Introduction ............................... 1 Chapter 2: Southwestern Tai Dialects .................... 5 Siamese (Standard Thai) .......................... 5 White Tai (Tai Khaw) ............................ 8 Black Tai (Tai Dam) ............................ 11 Shan ......................................... 14 The Tai Dialect of Nong Khai ..................... 17 Lue .......................................... 19 The Tai Dialect ofChiengmai ..................... 23 Chapter 3: Central Tai Dialects ........................ 27 The Tai Dialect of Lei Ping ....................... 27 The Tai Dialect of Lungming ...................... 30 The Tai Dialect of Western Nung .................. 34 The Tai Dialect ofBac Va ........................ 37 The Tai Dialect of Lungchow ..................... 39 The Tai Dialect of Ping Siang ..................... 42 The Tai Dialect ofNing Ming ..................... 45 Chapter 4: Northern Tai Dialects . ..................... . 49 Yay .......................................... 49 Saek ......................................... 53 The Tai Dialect ofWuming ....................... 58 The Tai Dialect ofPo-ai .......................... 61

v

Comparative Tai Source Book

Chapter 5: Cognates ................................. "..... 65 Southwestern, Central, and Northern Tai Cognates ..... 65 References .......... ....... " ....................... . 195 Index ............................................... 203

vi

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This volume could not have been produced without the generous assistance and good humor of numerous individuals. Much of the early work, creating formats and proofreading, for example, benefitted from the expertise of Chelle Brookes, Aloysius Canete, Alberto Perez-Pereiro, Joseph Maranville, and Michael Zier. References and encouragement were kindly provided by Karen L. Adams, Dawn Bates, Anthony Diller, Jerold A. Edmondson, Thomas Gething, Yongxian Luo, and Christopher Miller. At Arizona State University, two individuals contributed large amounts oftheir time and energy: Barbara Stark took time from her own research and created the map for this volume, and Marsha Schweitzer was always there to explain the mysteries of the software and to rescue me from never-ending computer errors. And at the University of Hawai'i Press, one could not ask for a more efficient and knowledgeable editor than Keith Leber. To all of these people, r extend my heartfelt gratitude and thanks.

vii

ABBREVIATIONS

The Proto-Tai category of each cognate follows its gloss or the lexical item in question. Languages and dialects represented by the same set of symbols are separated by commas: S, W, B, Sh 7aw 1; otherwise, semi-colons are used: LP 1aw2; LM 7aw4 • In the Saek section (p.53), OG refers to the older generation and YG to the younger. For the Tai dialect of Lungchow (LC), 'current in the countryside' refers to the 1930s and 1940s when Li did his research.

SW

Southwestern Tai Dialects Siamese (Standard Thai) White Tai (Tai Khaw) Black Tai (Tai Dam) B Shan Sh LNK the Tai dialect ofNong Khai LCH Lue of Chieng Hung LMY Lue of Muong Yong the Tai dialect ofChiengmai CM

S W

CN

Central Tai Dialects LP the Tai dialect of Lei Ping LM the Tai dialect of Lungming the Tai dialect of Western Nung WN the Tai dialect of Bac Va BV the Tai dialect of Lungchow LC PS the Tai dialect of Ping Siang NM the Tai dialect ofNing Ming

N

Northern Tai Dialects Yay Y Sk Saek WM the Tai dialect of Wuming P the Tai dialect ofPo-ai

ix

N

o

----l1500 km

1L-_ _ _

KEY 1-Siamese. 2-White TaL 3-Black TaL 4-Shan. 5-Nong Khai TaL 6-Chieng Hung Lue. 7-Muong Yong Lue. 8-Chiengmai TaL 9-Lei Ping TaL 1O-Lungming TaL 11-Western Nung. 12-Bac Va TaL 13-Lungchow TaL 14-Ping Siang TaL 15-Ning Ming TaL 16-Yay. 17-Saek. 18-Wuming TaL 19-Po-ai TaL

Map 1. Tai-speaking areas in Southeast Asia and Southern China.

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

The Tai language family extends from Assam in the west to northern Vietnam in the east, from southern China in the north to the Malay peninsula in the south. At the far western end of this area, in Assam, the related, but extinct, literary language Ahom can be found. In adjacent Myanmar (Burma), the main representatives ofthe Tai family include Shan and a variety of dialects on the border of Assam and Yunnan. The Lue inhabit the Sipsongpanna region of southern Yunnan, northern Thailand, and Laos. Further south, the whole ofThailand is covered by Siamese and Tai local and regional dialects. A similar situation occurs in Laos where Lao dialects extend throughout the country as well as into northeastern Thailand. Unlike the other Tai languages which are spoken by minority groups, those in Thailand and Laos are socially and politically dominant. Moving into northern Vietnam, White, Black, and Red Tai appear in the northwest and varieties ofTay (formerly identified as Tho) and Nung in the northeast. Yay is spoken in the extreme northern part of Vietnam in the area of the Hong (Red) River and the Lo River (Riviere Claire). Tai dialects in southern China, related to the Nung of northern Vietnam, have been grouped together by the Chinese under the name Zhuang, although individual linguistic studies identify dialects by localities such as the Tai dialect ofLungming or the Tai dialect of Lungchow. Finally, at the farthest point east on the island of Hainan there also exist a number of dialects closely related to the Tai family. Edmondson and Solnit (1997b: 1) estimate the total Tai population to be greater than 80 million. In two major publications Fang-kuei Li (1959, 1960), using phonological and lexical criteria, divided the Tai family into three main branches: the Southwestern with Siamese, Lao, Shan, White, Black, and Red Tai, etc.; the Central with Tay, the dialects spoken at Lungchow, Lei Ping, Ping Siang, Ning Ming, etc.; and the Northern with Yay, Saek, the dialects spoken at Wuming and Po-ai, etc. For the most part linguists follow this tripartite division, although Gedney (1989:62-66) has proposed that the Central and Southwestern probably represent a single group with gradual transition between the languages within it. Haudricourt (1956), on the other hand, suggests that the Northern and Central branches may very well form a single group. For both Gedney and Haudricourt, then, the Tai family may ultimately consist of two major groups rather than three. Both Luo (1996: 17-18) and Edmondson and Solnit (l997b: I 0-12) discuss this tripartite division and the related issues raised by Gedney and Haudricourt. With the exception ofloanwords, all of the different varieties ofTai are monosyllabic. Each syllable has a tone, an initial consonant or consonant cluster, a vocalic nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and an optional final consonant. The tones of each of the Tai dialects had their origin in an earlier system ofthree tones on

Comparative Tai Source Book

open syllables (those ending in a vowel, semivowel, or nasal) and no tonal contrast on checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k). Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. The phonetic nature ofthese initials can be divided into four different tiers: 1) voiceless fricatives such as [s], [t], [x], [h] and voiceless aspirated stops [ph], [th], [kh]; 2) voiceless unaspirated (plain) stops [p], [t], [k]; 3) glottal sounds, glottal stop [7] and preglottalized consonants [7b], [7d], [7y]; and 4) voiced sounds. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by whether the vowel was short or long. As the following chart demonstrates, this four-way split between initials and tones allows for a possible total of twenty proto-tones for anyone Tai dialect, although no dialect has shown all these possibilities. Most Tai dialects range between five and seven tones. Initial\Tone voiceless friction sounds voiceless unaspirated stops glottal sounds voiced sounds

A 1 2 3 4

B 5 6

7 8

C 9 10 11 12

D-short D-Iong 13 17 14 18 19 15 16 20

Research on this family oflanguages and dialects began in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries; however, most of this research was done by individuals with little or no training in linguistics. The results ofthis lack oftraining were publications filled with errors and inaccuracies. Of course, there were exceptions such as the Siamese and Shan dictionaries, but by and large these early studies must be approached and used with caution. Even so, these early lists are valuable for they give a general idea of the phonological structure of the word and at the same time provide evidence of the word in a particular language or dialect. It was only in the mid-twentieth century that the rigorous scientific investigation of these languages was begun by Fang-kuei Li who worked primarily on the Tai languages in southern China and their relationship to Siamese; Andre-Georges Haudricourt who worked on the Tai languages in northern Vietnam and southern China; and William J. Gedney. William J. Gedney's work with the Tai family began in the 1950s with his investigations into Siamese and then in 1964 with otherTai languages. Emphasizing tonal and phonological systems, Gedney worked with native informants first to determine the tonal system of the dialect (Gedney 1972). With the tones described, he then moved on to a more general list arranged according to cultural and semantic spheres (Hudak 2004). In cases where the informant was particularly adept, Gedney was able to elicit every phonologically possible syllable as in his Yay, Saek, and Lue dictionaries (Hudak 1991a, 1993, 1996). Generally, Gedney would use Siamese, Lao, or Black Tai to elicit the data, and only rarely did he resortto English and an interpreter as in his work with the Tai dialects at Lei Ping, Lungming, Ping Siang, and Ning Ming. Because of the close similarity, culturally and linguistically,

2

Introduction between Siamese and the languages being investigated, Gedney was able to arrive at clear and exact one-word translations. Elicitation sessions were taped, replayed, reviewed, and then transcribed with the aid of the informant checking for accuracy. These word lists and texts were recorded in notebooks, indexed word-by-word and syllable-by-syllable on 3x5 slips, and organized into comparative lists. These slips and lists came to play an important part in Gedney's scholarly work: 1) they provided the data for his Tai linguistic research (Bickner et al. 1989); 2) they were the source for his courses on comparative Tai; and 3) they were to form the basis of a book on comparative Tai. They were also often borrowed by students and other linguists for their own research. The book, never completed, was to provide accurate and reliable data of a variety of dialects so that additional phonological studies could be made of individual dialects as well as on the entire language family. Gedney was particularly interested in the role these data would play in the reconstruction of the Proto-Tai language family and in determining its wider genetic relationships. A meticulous and cautious investigator, Gedney frequently took a 'wait until we have more data' attitude on the wider genetic affiliations of the Tai languages as set forth in the TaiKadai and Kadai hypotheses (Luo 1996: 14-18, Edmondson and So Init 1997b:2-4). For the proposed book on comparative Tai, Gedney compiled a list of 1159 words, in their cognate forms, that were common to the Tai languages in the three branches of the Tai family. For the Southwestern (SW) branch, he used Siamese (S), White Tai (W), Black Tai (B), Shan (Sh), the Tai or Lao dialect at Nong Khai (LNK) in northeastern Thailand, the Lue dialects at Chieng Hung (LCH) in Yunnan and Muong Yong (LMY) in Myanmar, and the Tai dialect spoken in Chiengmai (CM). For the Central (CN) branch, he included the Tai dialects found in China at Lei Ping (LP), Lungming (LM), Lungchow (LC), Ping Siang (PS), and Ning Ming (NM). He also incorporated the dialect designated as Western Nung (WN) spoken in extreme northern Vietnam and the Tai dialect at Bac Va (BV) in northeastern Vietnam. For the Northern (N) branch, he chose Yay (Y), found in northern Vietnam, Saek (Sk), a linguistic island in northeastern Thailand and across the Mekong in Laos among Southwestern Tai languages, and the Tai dialects in China at Wuming (WM) and Po-ai (P). Data for the dialects at Lungchow, Wuming, and Po-ai came from Li's remarkable individual studies of these dialects (1940, 1944, 1957a, 1957b, 1977). For each of these cognates, he also indicated the ProtoTai tone category to which it potentially belonged. The data reproduced for this source book of comparative Tai were taken from the slips and lists compiled by Gedney over his career. As part of the original plan, an individual phonological description for each dialect or language, which includes the location where it is spoken, has been added. The second part, the comparative section proper, allows the comparison of the sound system (the consonants, vowels, and tones) of the cognate forms in the above languages and dialects. Following this section are the complete references and an index of the 1159 cognates. For ease of comparison to the original sources from which the data have been taken, the original notation system has been retained and explained in each phonological description. Thus, in some dialect descriptions final vowels, which are 3

Comparative Tai Source Book

phonetically long, are written with a single vowel, [a], while in others double vowels are used, [aa]. Throughout the data, however, Gedney consistently treated the syllable-final semivowels as consonants and wrote them with the consonant symbols [w], [y], and [llj]. In addition, the unrounded mid back vowel [v], characteristic of the Tai languages, has been used throughout this volume rather than the less accurate [a]. Traditional names of the languages used in the literature have also been kept, although variations are noted. A map has been included to show the general location where these languages and dialects are spoken. It is hoped that this volume will make a contribution to Tai language and dialect studies and that it will help to clarify, and perhaps put to rest, a variety of controversies that continue to surround the current historical studies related to the Tai language family.

4

CHAPTER 2: SOUTHWESTERN TAl DIALECTS

The Southwestern branch of the Tai family covers the largest territory and has the largest number of speakers. Probably the most well known languages in this branch are Siamese or Standard Thai in Thailand and Lao in Laos, where both are politically and socially dominant in their respective countries. Other languages and dialects can be found in northern and northeastern Myanmar as well as in Yunnan in southern China. While many of these languages are considered to be mutually intelligible, Luo (1996:81) notes that some are so different, for example, Chinese Shan and Lue, that they must be considered only distantly related even though they are geographically quite close. Following Li, Luo (1996:81-82) lists the following characteristics as the most salient features for distinguishing the Southwestern branch from the other two: I) the original proto-voiced stops *b, *d, and *g have developed into voiceless aspirated stops Iph/, /th/, and Ikh/; 2) proto-labial clusters *br and *bl have become an aspirated labial stop Iphl and proto-velar clusters *gr and *gl have become an aspirated velar stop /kh/; 3) the proto-voiceless velar fricative *x has been retained in some dialects such as White Tai; 4) proto *hr and *r have been laryngealized; 5) the proto-initial clusters *thr and *xr have merged into the laryngeal fricative Ih/ in most dialects; 5) the proto-voiced velar fricative *'1. has become a voiceless aspirated velar stop Ikh/; 6) there has been a three-way tone split in all three tone categories A, B, and C along with a variety oftone mergers; and 7) there is a set of lexical items different from the other two branches. Cognates used to represent this branch include the following: Siamese or Standard Thai (S), White Tai or Tai Khaw (W), Black Tai or Tai Dam (B), Shan (Sh), the Tai or Lao dialect found at Nang Khai (LNK) on the border of Thailand and Laos in northeast Thailand, the Lue dialects at Chieng Hung (LCH) in Yunnan and at Muong Yang (LMY) in northeastern Myanmar, and the Tai dialect in Chiengmai (CM) in northern Thailand.

Siamese (Standard Thai) -

S

Belonging to the Southwestern branch ofthe Tai language family, Siamese (Thai), the national language of Thailand, is probably the most recognized of the Tai languages. Significant studies have been made by Haas (1942a, 1942b, 1946, 1956), Gedney (1947, 1961, 1989), Henderson (1949), Abramson (1962), and Noss (1964), to name a few. Two notable dictionaries include McFarland (1944) and Haas (1964). 5

Comparative Taj Source Book

Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Siamese is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Siamese has five tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. I - mid level, 33: khaa l - stuck 2 - low level, 22: khaa2 - galangal 3 - falling, from mid-high to low, 41: khaa3 - price 4 - high level, glottalized, 55: khaa4 - to trade 5 - rising, mid-low to mid-high, glottalized, 24: khaas - leg Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: mat" 'flea', mot4 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 3 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', luuk3 'child'. The five tones of Siamese had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Siamese. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Siamese Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A 5

1 1 I

B 2 2 2

C 3 3

3

4

3

D-short D-long 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 3

ConSOllants Siamese has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: piP - year, tae - to cut, cayl heart, kaw2 - old, 7im 2 • full. 6

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phom s - hair, thaml - to do, chaa114 - elephant, khiP - to ride. Voiced stops. b - d: baa111 - thin, daam 3 - handle. Nasals. m - n - 11: muu 5 - pig, nay! - in, l1uu l - snake. Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: faa 4 - sky, sae - animal, huu s - ear. Sonorants. 1- r - w - y: lek2 - iron, raw l - we, wan l - day, yaak3 - difficult. Initial clusters consist ofa consonant plus [I], [r], or [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [I]. pi - phl- kl- khl: plaa l - fish, phluu l - betel, klwa l - salt, khlam J - abundant. Clusters with [r]. pr - phr - tr - thr (rare) - kr - khr: praayl - to scatter, phraan' - hunter, tram l - to endure, thrj4sadii l - theory, kraan 3 - coarse, rough, khraam l - indigo. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaal1 I - deer, khwaayl - water buffalo. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 11 and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: num3 - soft, spongy, baan3 - house, thu115 - bag. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: sip2 - ten, phuue - to speak, paak 2 - mouth, kE7 2 - sheep. Vowels

Siamese has nine vowels, three high: i - w - u; three mid: e - 'I - 0; and three low: E - a - 0, all of which may be either short or long. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: thin 2 - place, thiip2 - to kick, nW112 - one, thww 5 - to hold, carry, buk 2 - to invade, thuup 3 - incense. Mid. e, ee - 'I, n - 0, 00: ten J - to jump, thee l - to pour out, l1yn' - money, chnn 1 - to invite, khan! - person, 100k3 - world. Low. E, EE - a, aa - 0, 00: tEm' - full, tEE111 - melon, cae - to arrange, caan 1 - dish, phro?4 - because, dook 2 - flower.

7

Comparative Tai Source Book

Diphthongs There are three centering diphthongs, ia - wa - ua: thian 1 - candle, swa5 - tiger, hua 5 - head. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - eew - 'IW - 'lYW - etw - aw aaw: hiw 5 - hungry, khiaw s - green, rew! - fast, leew l - bad, payl rew l pay! r1'w l - go fast!, payl thjaw~ payl th'IYw3 - to go around, letw4 - finished, 7aw l - to take, 7aaw2 - bay, gulf. Diphthongs with final [y]. wy (rare) - wwy (rare) - way - uy - uay - 1'y1'1'y - ooy - ay - aay - ::K)Y: hwy4 - not so!, hwwy4 - not so!, nwayl indifferent, puyl - fluff, suay5 - beautiful, 7¥y4 - an exclamation, kh1'1'ySson-in-law, 700yl - ouch, may3 - not, baay2 - afternoon, rooy4- hundred.

White Tai (Tai Kbaw) -

W

A member of the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family, White Tai is found in the extreme northwestern part of Vietnam, and possibly over the border in parts of Yunnan. The chief center is the town ofLai Chao (m1'Tj4Iay 5), with another center further to the north in Muong Te (m1'Tj4 te4 ). The White Tai refer to themselves and their language as tal don 2, probably because of the white blouses worn by the women. The usual word for 'white' in White Tai is don 2, while the cognate for Siamese khaaw 5 'white' is xaaw1• Excellent studies can be found in Minot (1940, edited and republished in Hudak 2001, 1949a, 1949b), Donaldson (1963), and Donaldson and Edmondson (1997). Gedney (1964) and Fippinger and Fippinger (1970) offer comparative studies. A comprehensive dictionary can be found in Dieu and Donaldson (1972). Hartmann (1985) offers a discussion of the White Tal alphabet. Gedney obtained his data at Tung Nghia, near Dalat, Vietnam, in 1964 and can be found in Hudak (1994). Most of the data come from an informant from Muong Te by the name of Dao van Thuong (th1'TJ6). Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of White Tai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

8

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), White Tai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - level, slightly lower than mid, 22: kaa l - crow 2 - high-rising, 45: kaa2 - all the way to 3 - low-rising, glottalized, 24: kaa3 - young rice plant 4 - level, somewhat higher than mid, 44: kaa4 - stuck 5 - level, somewhat higher than mid with a rise and fall, 454: kaa 5 - price 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: kaa6 - to trade Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: sat2 'animal', mot4 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', laat4 'to cover'. The six tones of White Tai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in White Tai.

Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in White Tai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A

B 2 2 2 5

1 1 4

C 3 3 3 6

D-short D-long 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4

Consonants White Tai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: p:>5 - father, tu l - door, c:>n 6 spoon, kaa'lll - middle, 7aa'll2 - basin. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phaa3 - cloth, thiw l - to whistle, chay2 - egg, kh0 3 - to cook. Voiced stops. b - d: b'tnl - moon, d:>n 2 - white.

9

Comparative Tai Source Book

Nasals. m - n - ]1 -11: mWT]4 - you, naa3 - face, ]1UT]4 - mosquito, llaa/easy. Voiceless spirants. f - s - x - h: faa ' - lid, S0111 - two, xai - tallow, hy2 sweat. Sonorants. v - 1- y: vaan l - sweet, 10T]4 - dragon, yol- to drooL In slow, careful speech, initial [y] is often pronounced as [z] through Vietnamese influence. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level offriction. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw - 11w - xw: kwaa 5 - to visit, khwe l 11waas - fig, xwan 4 - smoke.

-

to dig,

Final consonants include nasals m - n - 11 and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y - UJ, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: tEm) - to write, twn l - to wake up, kwaall1 - deer. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: hup2 - to smoke, sut4 - to sip, mak4 - to like, 7w7 2 - squash. In close transition, final glottal stop may be deleted and the vowel reduced: maa7 2 'fruit' may be realized as maa2, ma7 2 , or ma2 . Vowels

White Tai has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in [a]. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel with the exception of [a] which is written with a double voweL High. i - w - u: thi2 - closely spaced, tw 4 - to hold, pu4 - betel. Mid. e - y - 0: le 4 - to lick, m¥111 - ditch, 70e - to plug. Low. E - a, aa - 0: tE 6 - truly, kam ' - handful, 7aan l - saddle, ko' - clump. Diphthongs

In White Tai, the diphthongs ia - wa - ua have been lowered to the monophthongs e - Y - 0, respectively: me4 - wife (Siamese mia l ), h¥4 - boat (Siamese rwa l ), hOi head (Siamese hua s).

10

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - ew - aw - aaw: siw ' - pimple, newt tough, sticky, ke,,0 - to chew, kaw3 - nine, daaw ' - star. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - 'ty - oy - ay - aay Qy: tui - guava, m'ty5_ stiff and tired, koy3 - banana, lay' - to flow, laay' - many, hQy' - mollusk. Diphthongs with final [UJ]. aUJ: baUJ' - leaf.

Black Tai (Tai Dam) -

B

Black Tai is a member of the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family with its chief center located at Son La (m'tT]4 laa5) in northwestern Vietnam. Other locations appear south of the White Tai-speaking area and in and around Dien Bien Phu. In Thailand, known as Lao Song (laaw l SOOT)3) by the Siamese, Black Tai speakers can be found in the areas of Ratburi and Phetburi. In the United States, a large group of speakers resides in Iowa. The Black Tai refer to themselves and their language as tal dam l or tallam l , a name generally attributed to the black blouses the women wear or to the fact that they originally lived in the area of the Black River (Riviere Noire) in northern Vietnam. An early dictionary of apparently the Son La dialect was done by Diguet (1895) in a largely impressionistic transcription. More recent dictionaries have been done by Hartmann (1981) and Baccam et al. (1989). Gedney (1964) and Fippinger and Fippinger (1970) have provided comparative studies while Fippinger (1975) has investigated Black Tai syntax. More recently, Hartmann has written on Black Tai scripts (1985,1986) and literary texts (1981,1992, 1994). Gedney obtained his Black Tai data in 1964 from two sources: 1) a family from mwaT)4 piaT)4, a town about forty-four kilometers northwest of Son La; and 2) a teacher, bak 5 kam 4s ~l, from baan 3 ciaT)4 di', a village about thirty-five kilometers northwest of Son La. These data can be found in Hudak (1994). Phonology

As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Black Tai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

II

Comparative Tai Source Book

Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Black Tai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - level, slightly lower than mid, 22: kaa l - crow 2 - high-rising, 45: paa2 - forest 3 - low-falling, glottalized, 21: 7aa3 - to open 4 - high level, 55: naa4 - rice field 5 - level, somewhat higher than mid, 44: kaa5 - price 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: faa6 - sky

Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: sar2 'animal', motS 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', laat5 'market'. The six tones of Black Tai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table I shows the patterns of these splits in Black Tal. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Black Tai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A

B 2 2 2 5

1

4

C 3 3 3 6

D-short D-Iong 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5

Consonants Black Tai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: paa1 - fish, taa5 caam 4 - indigo, kinl - to eat, 7aa'll2 - basin.

-

landing,

Voiceless aspirated stops. th - kh: thua2 - bean, khaw3 - rice. Voiced stops. b - d: bwan l - month, daaw l - star. Nasals. m - n - ]l- 'll: maa4 - to come, nW'll3 - to steam, ]lenl - civet cat, 'llaa4 - tusk. 12

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: fa/- fire, san2 - to shake, hom! - fragrant. Sonorants. v - I - y: vaaTJI - thin, lin 3 - to play, yaawl - house. In slow, careful speech, initial [y] is often pronounced as [z] through Vietnamese influence: YOTJ2 or ZOTJ2 'on tiptoe'. Depending upon the locality, there are also fluctuations between [d] and [I], di l or Iii 'good', as well as [b] and [v], baan l or vaan l 'sweet'. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level offriction. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist ofa consonant plus [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw - TJw: kwaa/- water buffalo, khwaa1 - right, TJwaa4 - yesterday. Final consonants include nasals m - n - TJ and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y - UJ, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - TJ: cwm4 - cool, pan 4 - thousand, koTJ6 - gong. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: ]1aapz - coarse, yet 5 - to do, fak 2 - vegetable, bo 72 - flower. Vowels

Black Tai has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in [a]. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel with the exception of [a] which is written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: bi l - comb, mw 4 - hand, thuTJ4 - pail. Mid. e - Y- 0: tenl - short, SYk 2 - enemy, fon l - rain. Low.

& -

a, aa - 0: k&2 - old, cam l - near, 7aan2 - to read, non 4 - to sleep.

Diphthongs

Diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: siaTJ! - sound, swal - shirt, nuae - beard. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - &W - aW - aaw: siw l - pimple, niaw1 - tough, sticky, payl 7ew2 paa2 - to go hunting, kh&w l - green, kawl nine, daaw l - star.

13

Comparative Tai Source Book

Diphthongs with final [y]. way - uy - uay - yy - oy - ay - aay - oy: mway5 stiff and tired, cuyl kan 1 - to box, kua/- banana, fyt - yard of a house, koi - hip, lay! - to flow, laayl - many, hoi - mollusk. Diphthongs with final [L11]. aL11: baL11 l

-

leaf.

Shan-Sh Shan belongs to the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family. Gedney obtained his Shan data list from Cushing's 1881 Shan-English dictionary (2 nd edition 1914; edited and republished in Hudak 2000) in which Cushing used Burman Shan from the principalities of Laihka and Mongnai as the basis for the dictionary. In their background and history of the dialects known as Shan, Edmondson and Solnit (1997a:339) note that the Shan are believed to be one ofthe first Tai groups to leave China for Southeast Asia and are therefore referred to as Tai Long 'the great TaP. Those groups leaving later came to be know as Tai Noy 'the lesserTai'. Additional sources of Shan data include Mix (1920), Egerod (1957, 1960,1961), and Young (1985). Moeng (1995) has published the original Cushing dictionary with the updated spelling system. Gedney's own work with a variety of Shan dialects can be found in Hudak (1994). These dialects include Hsi Paw Shan, Tai Maaw Shan, Che Fang Shan, Muong Khawn Shan, and Keng Tung Shan. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Shan is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant. Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Shan has five tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale and taken from Li (1977: 15) and Egerod (1957: 121-22). Cushing's descriptions of the tones (1914:9) appear in parentheses. Italics are Cushing's. 1 - rising, 35, (the natural pitch of the voice with a slight rising inflection at the end; may be called the natural tone): taw l - to search for 2 - low level, glottalized, 11 or 21, (deep bass tone; may be called the grave tone): taw2 - turtle 3 - mid level, 33, (even tone, in pitch, between the first and second tones; may be called the straight forward tone): ta~ - to come

14

Southwestern Tai Dialects

4 - high level, glottalized, 55, (a more elevated pitch than the first tone; may be called the high tone): taw4 - moss 5 - falling, glottalized, 53, (an abrupt, explosive tone; may be called the emphatic tone): tawS - to support with something A sixth tone, which tends to be emphatic and prolonged with a slight drop at the end, is recognized by some speakers. Cushing describes this tone as slightly circumflex with a falling inflection at the end. Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibittones phonetically similar to tones 4 and 5 of open syllables: tap4 'liver', nok 5 'bird'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 3 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', mie 'knife'. The five tones of Shan had their origin in an earlier system ofthree tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Shan. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Shan

Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

B 2 2 2 3

A

4

C 3 ..) " 3 5

D-short D-Iong 4 2 4 2 4 2 5 3

COllSOllants Shan has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - k - 7: po} - father, taa4- to smear, kay2_ chicken, 7en 1 - muscle. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phil - spirit, thaam 1 - to ask, kheffrog. Nasals. m - n - Jl- TJ: maa l - dog, naa4 - rice field, JlOp4 - to grab, TJam l - to grasp. Voiceless spirants. s - sh - h: saaTJ5 - elephant, shon l - garden, haa} - five. The [s] is unaspirated and slightly palatalized while the [sh] is aspirated and slightly palatalized (Li 1977: 152, 164).

15

Comparative rai Source Book

Sonorants. I - r - w - y: laaw 1 - star, raap3 - place, win 3 - broken off, yaak3 difficult. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [r], [w], or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [rl. pr - phr - tr - kr - khr - mr - sr: praat> - to slip, phraa3 god, traa4 - law, kraaT]3 - with a body in violent motion, khraa2 - useful, mraae - to exceed, sraaw l - to leap. Clusters with [w]. pw - tw - thw - kw - khw - sw - shw - Iw: pwaaT]4 - to open, twaa4 - unable to walk, thwaak 3 - to leave the monkhood, kwaa2 - to go, khwaa l - right side (not left), swaa 1 - to have a bad odor, shwaaT]2 - to rejoice, IwaaT]5 - to run. Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ky - khy - my: py02 - happy, phy02 - to dilute, kyaa l - to cook rice and things together, khyoT]2 - to fear, myaaT]5 - in bad condition. Final consonants include nasals m - n - T] and voiceless stops p - t - k. For final wy - ll.j, see Diphthollgs. Nasals. m - n -11: phom l - hair, puns - yonder, ph¥114 - straw. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: haap2 - to carry on the shoulder, khot 5 - to scoop out, hak4 - to break. Vowels

Shan has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in [a]. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel except [a] which is written with a double vowel. In the fifth tone, [aa] tends to be somewhat shorter and is therefore written with a single vowel: mas - horse. High. i - w - u: hi4 - long, kwm 4 - firm,

lUi -

rat.

Mid. e - ¥ - 0: khe 2 - to scratch the earth, n¥5 - flesh, hal - head. Edmondson (2000a) reports that with a number of Shan dialects he has studied, [¥] is closer to [a]. Low. E- a, aa - 0: mEl - mother, panl - to give, paan l - birthmark, 110nl - to howl.

16

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Diphth01lgs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - ew - aw - aaw: niw s - finger, sew4 quick, thew! - a row, khaw3 - rice, phaaw - to scatter.

-

Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - oy - ay - aay - oy: huy! - to open, woy! - a dipper, payl - to step, khwaay! - to turn around, may! - body hair. Diphthongs with final [UJ]. aUJ: kaUJ3 - near.

The Tai Dialect of Nong Khai -

LNK

Belonging to the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family, the Tai dialect ofNong Khai, also referred to as a Lao dialect, is spoken in and around the city of Nong Khai on the border of Laos in northeastern Thailand. Gedney obtained his data from a student at the University of Michigan in 1967 and can be found in Hudak (1997).

Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Tai dialect ofNong Khai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

TOlles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Nang Khai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. I - low-rising, 24: naa l - thick 2 -low, with a slight drop at the end, 11: 7aa2 - father's younger sister 3 - mid-high, 44: thaa3 - landing 4 - mid-low, glottalized, 22: naa4 - face 5 - falling, sometimes glottalized, 42: naas - mother's younger sibling 6 - high level, 55: naa6 - field Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k ) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones I and 3 of open syllables: sip I 'ten', moe 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: ?aap2 'to bathe', faak 5 'bamboo flooring'.

17

Comparative Tat Source Book

The six tones ofNong Khai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns ofthese splits in Nong Khai.

Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Nong Khai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A

B

C

1

3 3 3 3

4

2 2

6

D-short D-long 1 2 2 2 3 5

5 5 5

COllsonants Nong Khai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: puak2 - white ant, ta~ - turtle, con 2 - poor, kay3 - chicken, 7aw2 - to take. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phaat S - to lay across, tham4 cave, choo l - part of a name, khaam6 - indigo. Voiced stops. b - d: baat2 - wound, d'i'in 2 - to walk. Nasals. m - n - ]1- '1'): mww s - day, naa l

-

thick, ]1al- big, 'l')aal- easy.

Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: fon l - rain, sin4 - skirt, het l - mushroom. Sonorants. 1- w - y: leem l

-

sharp-pointed, waan l

-

sweet, yen 2 - cool.

There are no initial or final clusters. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 'I') and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y, see Diphtholtgs. Nasals. m - n - TJ: 7um 5 - to carry in the arms, 7un 3 imprison.

-

warm, khaTJI - to

Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: haap2 - to carry on the shoulders, khut l dig, kaak2 - ringworm, khu7 3 - water container.

18

-

to

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Vowels Nong Khai has nine vowels, with distinction in length undetermined. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: biF - gallbladder, fwwn 6 - firewood, fun 3 - dust. Mid. e - y - 0: kep2 - to keep, bye - to be born, hom 3 - shade. Low. e - a - 0: nee 6 - to aim, dapl - to extinguish, dook2 - flower.

Diphthongs In Nong Khai, the diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: khian 1 - to write, dwan 2 - month, khua 1 - bridge. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - eew - eew - aw - aaw: kiw3 - narrow, 7iaw5 - to turn aside, heew l - chasm, keew5 - glass, khaw4 • rice, khaaw1 white. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - uay - yyy - oy - ooy - ay - aay - oy - ooy: khuy3 - reed flute, khual - buffalo, h¥yl - vocative particle, 70l exclamation of annoyance, booi- to flog, kha/- to open, khaai - to sell, hoyl • mollusk, khool- to wait for.

Lue -

LCH and LMY

Belonging to the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family, Lue, or Tai-Lue, can be found in a number of different regions: I) in Chieng Hung, the capital city of Sip song panna and throughout southern Yunnan province; 2) in Muong Yong and vicinity in northeastern Burma; 3) in the provinces ofChiengmai and Chiengrai in northern Thailand; 4) in Muong Sing and Luang Prabang in Laos; and 5} in and around Binh Lue in northwest Vietnam. Gedney obtained his data over a period of fifteen years, synthesizing much of it in 1969. This synthesis was published in Hudak (1996). Gedney's data come from Chieng Hung (LCH) and Muong Yong (LMY). In both of these dialects, Gedney was never able to find a contrast between (xl and [kh], the two sounds fluctuating in free variation. Li (1964), however, did find such a contrast at Cheng Tung in southeastern Sipsongpanna. Later research by Gedney uncovered the fact that this dialect is in an area contiguous and continuous with the White Tai area in Vietnam which does preserve this contrast. Other Lue linguistic

19

Comparative Tai Source Book

studies can be found in Hartmann (1984) and anthropological studies in Moreman (1965, 1988) and Davis (2005). The origin of the ethnonym Lue, iww6 , is unclear. Various sources have suggested it is related to the common Tai word for 'north' (n\,\,1 in Lue and nwa5 in Siamese); however, this appears to be impossible since neither the initial, the vowel, nor the tone agree. The term may simply represent a combination of linguistic, cultural, and political factors. The Lue capital city is named ceTJ4 hUTJ5 and means 'city of the dawn'. Nor was Gedney able to find a clear and accurate explanation for the name of the Lue-speaking area, Sipsongpanna. While sipsong meant 'twelve' and panna' a type of administrative unit', no accurate listing ofthese units was ever obtained. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological patterns of the Lue dialects at Chieng Hung and Muong Yong are based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant

Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Chieng Hung Lue has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - high level, 55: haa l - to seek

2 - low-rising, 12: haa2 - rain shower 3 - low level, glottalized, 11: haa J - five 4 - low-falling, 21: haa4 - mold 5 - mid level, 33: haaS - epidemic 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: haa 6 - to ferment Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 1 and 5 of open syllables: sipl 'ten', moe 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', faak 5 'split bamboo'. The six tones of Chi eng Hung Lue had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Chieng Hung Lue.

20

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Chieng Hung Lue Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

1

B 2 2 2

4

5

A 1

C 3 3

3 6

D-short D-Iong 1 2 2 1 2 5

5

The phonetics of Muong Yong tones are slightly different from those at Chieng Hung: I - high-rising, 45: haa! - to seek 2 -low-rising, 12: haa2 - rain shower 3 - low level, glottalized, 11: haa3 - five 4 - mid, with slight rise and fall, 342: haa4 - mold 5 - mid level, 33: haaS - epidemic 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: haa6 - to ferment Like those in Chi eng Hung Lue, checked syllables with short vowels in Muong Yong Lue have tones phonetically similar to tones 1 and 5 of open syllables: dipl 'raw', fok s 'swollen', Tones 2 and 5 appear on the long checked syllables: duuk 2 'bone', hEEtS 'rhinoceros', In both dialects, short checked syllables ending in a glottal stop frequently have the glottal stop deleted with a corresponding reduction in vowel and neutralization ofthe tone to tone 5, Thus, the word for door may be pronounced as pa7 1 tuu l or more frequently pa-tuu l , Syllabic [m] also appears with or without a tone: m2 or m 'classifier for fruit', I I Gedney (Hudak 1996:xxii) notes that Muong Yong Lue has tone sandhi, where certain tones are altered when in close juncture with other tones, This involves tone 4 changing to tone 5 when following tone 5; thus kaa s PE114 'price is high' can also be pronounced as kaa 5 PE115, As Table 2 demonstrates, the tonal splits in Muong Yong are the same as the Chieng Hung splits except that words with the Proto-Tai A tone and originally preglottaJized initials have the same tone as words with originally voiced initials, Table 2 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Muong Yong Lue Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A

B

C

1

2 2 2 5

3

4 4

21

D-short D-long

3

1 1 1

6

5

3

2

2 2 5

Comparative Tai Source Book

Consonants

The two Lue dialects have the following initial consonants. Frequently, there is an hlr variation, [h) in the spoken form, hums 'shade', and [r] in the literary, rums. In the data in this volume, Gedney also records literary variants with initial [I], lum s. Unless noted, the examples provided occur in both dialects. Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 1: pHs - older sibling, taa114 road, caa/- male, kin I - to eat, 7um3 - to hold in the arms. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch (LMY only): phOOI - husband, tha~ - old, su7 1 chit l - to crush. Voiced stops. b - d: baat2 - foot, dam 3 - handle. Nasals. m - n - JI (LMY only) -1']: moo 3 - pot, naa3 - face, JlEn 4- to clench, 1']aayl - face up. In LMY, [r] appears as an allophone of 1111 before [i) and [E]. Voiceless spirants. f - s - x - h: faa 6 - sky, sweat.

4

SEW -

sharp, xay- - egg, hyy2_

Sonorants. I - r - v - y: luuk' - child, raak s - root, val- to keep, yyy2 - bait. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level of friction. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w) after a consonant. Initial clusters occur with a consonant followed by [r] or [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [r]. tr - thr: traa l - brand, thrii 4 - solder. Clusters with [w]. kw - tw (LMY only) - thw (LMY only) - xw: kwaan l axe, twipS - continent, thwaayl - to give to royalty, xwaa/- buffalo. LMY also records [xl] in xlwk5 - the sound of bone cracking when turned slowly. Final consonants include nasals m - n -1'] and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -1']: nam 6 - water, non 4 - to sleep, m01']4 - gong. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: baap2 - sin, het S - to do, paak2 - mouth, ne7 l lean. 22

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Vowels Each of the two Lue dialects has nine vowels, occurring short and long. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: min! - stink, IiF - to squint, thwlll - to reach, mwwt5 - dark, hum 2 - to cover, puu4 - betel. Mid. e, ee - 'I, 't'l - 0, 00: xew! - green, veek 5 - work, l'lml - python, 1'1'1 5 to saw, monS - fun, mook2 - hat. Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: nen3 - solid, hee s - ore, san l - short, naaw! - cold, h01l6 - to call, took 2 - bamboo strip.

Diphthongs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - ew - aw - aaw: xiw2 - bad smell, 7ew2 - business, sew! - bad smell, law3 - liquor, faaw6 - to hurry. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - Yy - oy - ay - aay - oy: tuf - fat, nY/ tired, kof - banana, pal- to snare, 7aa/- to lie in wait, ho/- to string.

The Tai Dialect of Chiengmai -

CM

Gedney does not list his source for the Chiengmai data in this comparative list. However, since it is close to his own research in 1964 (Hudak 1997), his tone descriptions have been added. The Tai dialect of Chiengmai belongs to the Southwestern branch ofthe Tai language family and is spoken in and around the city of Chiengmai in northern Thailand. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern ofthe Tai dialect ofChiengmai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

23

Comparative Tai Source Book

Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasa!), Chiengmai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid-high, 44: pii' - fat 2 - low-rising, 14: pii 2 - year 3 - mid-low, 22: siP - four 4 - falling, 41: pjj4 - older sibling 5 - high-falling, (glottalized ?), 53: khii 5 - excrement 6 - high-rising-falling (glottalized ?), 454: cii 6 - to point Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k ) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 6 of open syllables: hap2 'to close', sak6 'to wash clothes'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 3 and 4 of open syllables: 7aap 3 'to bathe', Iwak4 'to choose'. The six tones of Chiengmai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Chiengmai.

Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Chiengmai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

B

A 2 2

3

C 5

3 3 4

5 6

D-short D-Iong 3 2 2 3 2 3 4 6

5

Consonants Chiengmai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pii4 - older sibling, tuu S cupboard, cii 6 - to point, kEe 3 - old, 7uu 3 - cradle. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phua2 spaced, miserly, khii 3 - to ride.

-

-

husband, thiP - closely

Voiced stops. b - d: baa3 - shoulder, dwa' - cockspur. Nasals. m - n - ]1-l]: mww 6 - a turn, naw4 - rotten, ]1wa3 - bait, l]ua' - ox.

24

Southwestern Tai Dialects

Voiceless spirants. f - s - h:

tW - a boil, sia1l2 - sound, hww 5 - to give.

Sonorants. I - w - y: Ioae - spool, waan 2 - sweet, yaa l

-

medicine.

Initial clusters appear with a consonant followed by [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw - 7w: kwaa1l5 - wide, khwaa1l4 - to throw, 7waai - steam, vapor. Final consonants include nasals m - n - II and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: 7im3 - full, khwn 5 - to go up, ki1l3 - branch. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: dip2 - raw, cee - seven, piik3 - wing, pe7 6 goat.

-

Vowels Chiengmai has nine vowels, with distinction in length undetermined. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: bit2 - to twist, cww 4 - name, khun 3 - turbid. Mid. e - " -

0:

pen 2 - to be, d"k2 - late at night, 70e - to endure.

Low. e - a - a: tee1l2 - cucumber, caa1l6 - elephant, naok4 - outside.

Diphthongs In Chiengmai, the diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: siam 2 - spade, cwak4 - rope, nuae - beard. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - EEW - aw - aaw: siw2 - pimple, khia~ - green, pew2 - flame, hew l - waist, 7aw l - to take, naaw 2 - cold. Diphthongs with final [y). way - uay - "y - ay - aay - oy - ooy: pwayZ naked, cuay4- to help, accustomed, 7ai - to cough, taay2 - to die, poy3 - to release, Iooi - to float.

hi -

25

CHAPTER 3: CENTRAL TAl DIALECTS

The languages and dialects of the Central branch ofthe Tai family can be found in southern China and in northern Vietnam. Luo (1996:78) delimits the geographical boundaries of this group as follows: from the You River (You Jiang or Yu Jiang), which forms the upper and middle reaches of the Xi River, in Guangxi in the north to the Red River in Vietnam in the south; and from the Gulf ofTonkin (Beibu Gulf) off the Vietnamese coast in the east to the Sino-Vietnamese border in Yunnan, China, in the west. As noted in the Introduction, the formation of the Central branch has remained in dispute with some (Gedney) believing it should not be separated from the Southwestern branch and others (Haudricourt) suggesting it belongs with the Northern group. With this line of reasoning, the Central branch would then form an intermediate or transitional group rather than a separate branch. Summarizing Li, Luo (1996:78) lists the following features as the most salient characteristics for distinguishing the Central branch from the other two: 1) the proto-initial clusters *tr and *thr have merged into the voiceless aspirated stop Ith/; 2) traces of proto-initial clusters *pr, *7bllr, and *vllr have been retained and realized as [phy], [by], and [py] respectively; 3) the proto-voiceless labiodental fricative *f has developed into a voiceless aspirated labial stop Iph/; 4) the protovoiced velar fricative *y has developed into a voiceless unaspirated velar stop Ik/; 5) there is a set of lexical items different from the other two branches. Cognates used to represent this group are from the dialects spoken in Guangxi at Lei Ping (LP), Lungming (LM), Lungchow (LC), Ping Siang (PS), and Ning Ming (NM). Also included are two other dialects: 1) a variety ofNung similar to those in far northeastern Vietnam but located much farther to the west and designated as Western Nung (WN) by Gedney; and 2) another variety of Nung spoken at Bac Va (BV) near Phu Lang Thuong (Bac Giang) in northeastern Vietnam.

The Tai Dialect of Lei Ping -

LP

Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai language family, the Tai dialect of Lei Ping (lal phiTJ4, Pinyin Leiping) is spoken in Lei Ping in southwest Guangxi, approximately thirty mile southwest of Lungming and twenty-five miles northeast of Lung chow. Gedney obtained the data in Hong Kong in 1966 from a 62-year-old informant by the name of Liang Shao-Iu (lyaaTJ4 saaw3 nuu4). Dominic Yip acted as interpreter in the sessions. The informant provided the following sentence to describe his native language: TJ005 caaTJ3 poon 3 thiP vaa5 'I speak the native

27

Comparative Tai Source Book

language'. References to the Lei Ping dialect can be found in Gedney's individual linguistic studies (1995a, 1995b; Bickner et al. 1989) and in Sarawit (1973). Gedney's complete data appear in Hudak (1995). Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Lei Ping is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Lei Ping has five tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - high rising-falling, 454: maa l - dog 2 - high level, with a final drop before pause, 44: maa 2 - to soak 3 - rising, glottalized, 13: maa3 - horse 4 - low-falling, 21: maa4 - to come 5 - low level, 11: taa 5 - maternal grandfather Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: khap2 'step', lak4 'to steal'. Tone 5 usually appears on syllables that have cognates elsewhere with a long vowel, for example, lop5 'to stroke' (Siamese luup 3). Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: nuuk2 'deaf, byook5 'flower'. The five tones of Lei Ping had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Lei Ping.

Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Lei Ping Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A I 2 2

B 2 5 5

4

5

28

C 3 3 3 3

D-short D-Iong 2 2 2 5 2 5 4,5 5

Central Tai Dialects

Consonants

Lei Ping has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pii 2- year, tyk 2 - to shoot, cef - seven, kee 5- old, 7aa115 - basin. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: pheek2 - to explode, thyyl - to carry, chim4 - to taste, khap4 - to catch. Voiced stops. b - d: baa3 - crazy, dik2 - child. The [d] is pronounced with a simultaneous glottal release. Nasals. m - n -11: mii l - bear, noon 4 - to lie down, T)00y4- to see. Voiceless spirants. f -;. - s - h: fyn 4 - firewood, fyyl - tiger, syyk5 - rope, ho04 - person. Sonorants. v - I - y: vaam 4 - language, laaT)3 - to wash, yiin 2 - tobacco. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w] or [y). There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaa2 - melon, khwaa2 - pants. Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ky - khy - by - my - hy - Iy: pyaa2 - fish, phyaa3 - orphan, kyaaT)2 - middle, khya/- egg, byookS - flower, myaak 5 slippery, hyaaT)2 kaaT)2 - Hong Kong, lyaaT)4 - the informant's name. Final consonants include nasals m - n - T) and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y - Uj, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - T): neem l - to paste, yin4 - to hear, hiT)1 - voice. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: ceep5 - chaff, phat2 - to winnow, hok 2 - six, 1007 5 - grammatical particle. Vowels

In his elicitation, Gedney (Hudak 1995: 119) noted that there was no distinction between [v] and [w], although [v] is a little higher after labials such as [f] and [ph]. Nor is there a contrast between [0] and [u] as in [ok] and [uk}, but [uJ is very high

29

Comparative Tai Source Book

and there is a definite long [uu] as in nuuk 2 'deaf' and cuuks 'white ant'. With these points in mind, Gedney posited the following vowel system: High. i, ii - uu: 7im 5 - full, ciin s - to spin, kuuk s - hoe. Mid.

'I, '1'1:

CYT]2 - to steam, chYYT]5 - elephant.

Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: 7ee - one, meeT]4 - insect, 7ay2 - to cough, 7aafto lean back, fOll4 - to roof, hooks - shell. In the transcription system used, [e] and [0] are phonetically more open, [e] and [0] respectively. Long vowels tend to be more open [k&e 2 'old', kheek 2 'guest', mo0 3 'pot', mooe 'mold'] and short vowels more closed [cee 'seven', khon! 'body hair']. Vowels in syllable-final position have a pronunciation close to a long vowel and are therefore written with a double vowel.

Diphthongs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - Uj. Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew aw - aaw: khiiw! - bad-smelling, 7eew'l - to bend, 7aw2 - to take, haaw1 - to yawn. Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ay - aay - ooy: vuuf - seed, dai - can, haayl- to die, 700yl - sugarcane. Diphthongs with final [Uj]. aUj: daUj2 - in.

The Tai Dialect of Lungming -

LM

Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai language family, this Tal dialect is spoken in the town and county ofLungming (colloquialloT]4 7ill\ formalloll 4 mill!, Pinyin Longming) in southwestern Guangxi. Gedney obtained his data from 1966 through 1976 from an informant living in Hong Kong. The informant, a 42-year-old male named thaall! theen 4 sinl, was born in thiiml tall3 (formal theen l hnl) about forty Chinese miles from Lungming. Born in 1924, he moved to Hong Kong in 1949 where he worked in a Chinese schooL Dominic Yip acted as interpreter because the informant spoke only Cantonese. Upon questioning, the informant identified his native language simply as vaam 4 thool 'native language or dialect', with thool meaning 'local or native' and not a specific ethnic group as various Western scholars and researchers have treated it. Throughout this Tai-speaking region the question of ethnonyms remains a confusing issue. Many of the speakers refer to themselves as thoo 3 , with kaall3 tho0 3 meaning 'to speak the local or native language'. On the other hand, kaall3 30

Central Tai Dialects

kheek4 has the specific meaning of ' to speak Mandarin'. Li (1977:105) notes that the Tai-speakers of Lung chow and Lungming use the term tal 'Tai' to refer to the Tai-speaking people of Vietnam and not to themselves. In contrast, the Central Tai speakers in Vietnam and in some parts of China use the term Nung (from Vietnamese nOT] or n~T], depending on the dialect) for themselves. Western scholars have borrowed this term to refer to the Tai dialects of western Guangxi. Other Tai groups in Vietnam refer to themselves as TaL In China, however, all of the Tai dialects are officially referred to as Zhuang, which appears in the Lungming expressions kaaT]3 COOT]s 'to speak Zhuang' and kYn 4 COOT]s 'a Zhuang person'. Specific studies of Lungming have been restricted to Gedney's massive glossary (Hudak 1991 b) and to his various linguistic papers (1995a, 1995b, 1995c; Bickner et al. 1989). Sarawit (1973) has also used Lungming data. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Lungming dialect is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant. TOlles

On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Lungming has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - high level, 55: laa l - to seek 2 - high-rising, 45: laa2 - a flock 3 - mid level, glottalized, 33: laa3 - cracked 4 - low-falling, from mid-low to low, 21: laa4 - to take one's leave 5 - low level, 11: laas - epidemic 6 - falling, from mid-low to low and then rising to mid-low, glottalized, 212: laa6 - to snatch Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of open syllables: 107 1 'final imperative particle', 107 2 'final imperative particle', phae 'to winnow', kok4 'to simmer', piks 'crowded'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 1, 2, 3, and 5 of open syllables: teepl 'to drink with pleasure, smacking the lips', kook2 'rice husks', yiip3 'to pickle in brine', laaps 'to dry meat'. Tone 3 on the checked syllable is not glottalized as it is on the open syllable. Note that the checked syllables with short vowels and tones 1,2, or 5, and the checked syllables with long vowels and tones 1 or 3 do not reflect the historical development of the tones. These syllables with their respective tones probably resulted from the secondary shortening of the vowel, or they represent distinctive

31

Comparative Tai Source Book

vocabulary, for example, loanwords and particles or syllables resulting from onomatopoeic processes. The six tones of Lungming had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Lungming. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Lungming

Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

B 2 2 2 5

A

4 4

C 3 3 3 6

D-short D-Iong 2 3 3 2 ,., .) 2 4 5

Consonallts Lungming has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: paak2 - mouth, taam 3 gallbladder, co03 - ancestor, kYn4 - person, 7aa4 - to crow.

-

Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phaaTJ5 - to strike, thml - to swallow, chuu l - rough, khan l - to crow. Nasals. m - n - TJ: mie - to pinch, naa2 - to scold, TJee 6 - fish barbel. Nasals are often preglottalized before the vowels [ww) and [uu). Voiceless spirants. f - s - S - h: foon 6 - brown, sif - to abandon, SOp3 - to smell, huuTJ5 - chief. Sonorants. v - 1- w - y - Uj: vel- fence, laaTJ5 - to unroll, pOOTJI mo0 4-wa4 - a herd of oxen, yiim4 - salt, maUj4_Uja4 - a leaf. Note that [w] and [Uj] only occur initially due to assimilation processes. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w) are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaat 2 - to rake, khwiin 1 - circle.

32

Central Tai Dialects

Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ty - thy - cy - ky - khy - my - ny -Iy - sy - hy: pyom l - to take down, phyaa l - rocky mountain, tyook 2 - to chop fine, thyaaw6 7uu l - to dance, cyaa116 vaa4 - to speak, kyaU{3 - near, khyow4 ball, myook 2 - flower, nyae - very tired, Iyan' - to play, syow! - pimple, hyaa6 - summer. Final consonants include nasals m - n -11 and voiceless stops p - t - k • 7. For final w - y - U{, see Diphthollgs. Nasals. m - n • 11: saam! - three, nan 3 - to itch, soo11 1 - two. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: pOOp2 - bubble, chooe - to incite, loks - child. The final glottal stop only occurs in la7 3 'final emphatic particle', le7 3 'sentence-final emphatic particle', 107! 'final imperative particle', 107 2 'final imperative particle', 107 3 'emphatic clause-final particle', ne73 'this, these' . Vowels

Gedney (Hudak 1991 b:xxvi) arrived at the following vowel inventory for Lungming; however, it was unclear from the data whether or not the absence of short [w] and short [u] was accidental or systematic. High. i, jj - ww - uu: kin! - to eat, 7iip2 - to step on something, IWW11 5 loose, thuu l - head. Mid. Y, YY: phYn l - rain, yeen 4 syy4 - color. Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: ne7 3 - this, these, cheek2 - to tear, vat4 - to dip, thaa l - eye, tho'll! - to leak, cook2 - cup. The short vowels [e] and [0] are phonetically more open, [&] and [0] respectively. Vowels in open syllables tend to be long except for the short vowels [e] and raJ in the indefinite particle _a4 and in various particles. Single vowels denote a short vowel and double vowels long vowels. Diphthollgs

Diphthongs analyzed as consisting of a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - U{ also occur. The diphthongs ey - ¥U{ - ow, in many cases, reflect the earlier high monophthongs ii - ww - uu, respectively: khwey2 'to ride' (Siamese khii 2), S¥U{6 'to buy' (Siamese sww 4), mow l 'pig' (Siamese muu s). Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew - aw - aaw - ow: kiiw l - to call, leew6 - completely, law3 - liquor, laaw 1 - to fear, yo~ - to stay.

33

Comparative rai Source Book

Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ey - eey - ay - aay - ooy: tuu/- person, peyl - to go, 7eey4 - vocative particle, khayl - to open, laa/ - striped, nooy2 - little. Diphthongs with final [Uj]. '\IUj - aUj: S'\lUj6 - to buy, maUj2 - new.

The Tai Dialect of Western Nung - WN Western Nung, a variety ofNung, belongs to the Central branch ofthe Tai language family and is spoken at Muong Khuong (mwlj4 khaaljl) in the northern Vietnamese province of Lao Kay and its vicinity. The town of Muong Khuong is located about forty kilometers north and slightly east of Lao Kay. The speakers refer to themselves and their language as nOlj4 or nUljs, and many of them have the surname Nung. Gedney notes that this dialect clearly belongs to the group ofTai languages spoken in the extreme northeastern part of Vietnam and adjacent parts of China, variously known as Nung and Tho. This dialect, however, is a linguistic isolate located much farther to the west of the main group oflanguages, and for this reason, Gedney decided to refer to the dialect as Western Nung. These linguistic islands are identified on the old French ethnolinguistic map, Carte Ethnolinguistique, 1949 edition, compiled by L'Ecole Franyaise d'Extreme-Orient. Aside from Gedney's extensive glossary (Hudak 1995), there appears to be little published information on this particular dialect, with the exception of Tingsabadh (1976). Tingsabadh examines the speech of two informants, one from Ban Pa Kha, located about sixty kilometers northeast of Lao Kay, and the other from Ban Phak Thung, about seven kilometers north of Lao Kay. Western Nung is of particular interestto students ofTai linguistics because it differs considerably in vocabulary from the other varieties ofNung although it is similar in other respects. The question that arises is which dialect groups made the lexical innovations. Gedney obtained his data in the years 1964 and 1968-69 from Muong Khuong refugees living in Vientiane, Laos. The data collected represents three different localities: Muong Khuong (mwlj4 khaaljl); Ban Lao (baan 3 Iaw 5), located twenty-two kilometers north of Lao Kay, toward Muong Khuong; and Muong Thin Na (mw114 thinS naa4 ), located across the border in China, an overnight journey or about thirty kilometers from Muong Khuong. The speech found in these three localities is identical in phonological structure and phonetic detail, although differences in vocabulary do occur.

34

Central Tai Dialects

Phonology

As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Western Nung dialect is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.

TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Western Nung has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - low-rising, 14: Ciil - to strain 2 - low-falling, 21: di 2 - to borrow 3 - mid-low level, glottalized, 22: de - how many 4 - mid-high level, 44: di 4 - flag 5 - mid-falling, 31: cii s - to soak 6 - high level, glottalized, 55: cii6 - to point Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 6 and 4 of open syllables: bak6 'dipnet', cak 4 'to level ground'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: dok 2 'flower', luk s 'child'. The six tones of Western Nung had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Western Nung. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Western Nung

Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds

A 1

4

35

B

C

2 2 2 5

3 3 3

6

D-short D-Iong 6 2 6 2 6 2 4

5

Comparative Tal Source Book

Consonants

Western Nung has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: payl - to go, tem 3 - to light, dn l - to eat, bn 2 - before, 7aan l - saddle. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phwwl - we, thii 2 - closely spaced, chu1'}3 - pungent, khaw3 - rice. Voiced stops. b - d: baan3 - village, dwi - navel. Nasals. m - n - p - 1'}: mai - to burn, nam 6 - water, piP - to flee, 1'}uu4 snake.

-

Voiceless spirants. f - s - S - h: faa 6 - sky, siw - chisel, soy4 - to swing, ho0 2 - thing. Sonorants. v - 3 - 1- y: viiI - a comb, 3al- dry field, le1'}6 - dry, yiw2 - to be at. Gedney grouped the spirants (fricatives) [v] and [0] with the sonorants because of their sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. The only recorded initial cluster is [kw] in kwaayZ- stubborn. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 1'} and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y - It(, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -1'}: hom 6 - to fence, chon 3 - to converge, caa1'}5 - artisan. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: kaap2 - husk, p N - Y, Sk, WM, P hwn 3 0144 - to crawl, A4, (cf. 0347) SW - S khlaan ' ; W, B caan 4 ; Sh, LMY kaan4 ; CM kaan ' CN - LM laan 4 ; WN caan4 ; LC, NM kyaan4 N - Y rwan4 (also, caan4 'to limp; crippled'; which is cognate?); Sk luan4 0]45 - person, human being, A4, (cf. 0658) SW - S khon ' ; W kun4 ; B, Sh kon 4 ; LNK khon 6 ; LCH, LMY kun4 ; CM khon ' CN - LP khvn4; LM kYn 4; WN kon\ LC, PS kYn4; NM ken4 N - Y, Sk hun4 ; WM xun 2 ; P hwn 2 0146 - to bite, DSI, (cf. 801) SW - S, W, B khop2; Sh khop\ LNK khop'; LCH, LMY XOpl; CM khop2 CN - LP khop2; LM khop3; WN khap 6; PS khop2; NM khopl (tone?) N - Y hapl; Sk yap6, khop4 (latter said to be < Lao); WM xap6; P hap> (DS4 in N languages) 0147 - crooked, DS4, (cf. 0967) SW - S khot4 ; W kot4 ; B, Sh kot5 ; LNK khoe; LMY kot5 ; CM kot6 CN - LP khot4 ; LM koe (OS2?); WN, LC kut4 ; PS kot4 N - Sk khot6 ; P kue (OS2) 0148 - neck, A4 SW - S khoOl; W xo\ B k04; Sh kho4; LNK khoo 6 ; LCH, LMY xoo 4; CM khool CN - LP, LM, WN h004; LC, PS k004; NM ho0 4 N - Y h0 4; Sk yoo4; WM xv 2

82

Cognates

0149 - to beg, Al SW - S kh:x)5; W ChOl; B SOl; Sh khol; LNK khoOI; LCH, LMY xoo l; CM kho0 2 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS hOOl; NM khyool N - Sk thro0 2 0150 - a pen for animals, DL4 SW - S khook 3; W x0 4; B kor; Sh khok3; LNK khook 5; CM khook4 CN - LP, LM hook 5; PS kook 5 N - Sk yook 5; WM kl¥k5 (DL?) 0151 - hammer, C4 SW - S khoon4; W xon 6 'hammer; to beat'; B kon 6; Sh khon 5; LNK khoon 5; LMY xon 6; CM khoon 6 CN - LP khoon 3 'to beat'; LM hoon 6 'to beat'; WN hun 6 thiil 'hammer'; LC koon 6 'to beat' N - Y hon6; Sk yool6 (OG), yoon 6 (YG) 0152 - thing: of, Al SW - S khooY]5; W XOY]l; B, Sh khoy]\ LNK khooY]l; LCH, LMY XOY]l; CM khooY]2 CN - LP khooY]1 N - Sk hOOY]2 0153 - fish basket, Cl SW - S khoY]3; W ChOY]3; B SOY]3; Sh khoY]3; LNK khooY]4; CM khooY]5 CN - LP ;'00Y]3; LM 100Y]3; LC khooY]3 'kind of basket' N - WM kl¥Y]5 (Bl) 0154 - gradually, slowly, carefully, B4 SW - S khoy3; W, B kol; Sh koy3; LCH, LMY koy5; CM kol CN - LP khooy5; LM kooy5; WN kol; LC kool 0155 -lazy, C4, (cf. 0815) SW - S khraan4; W, B caan6; Sh khaan 5; LNK (khii4) khaan 5; LCH, LMY xaan 6 ; CM khaan 6 CN - LP kyaan 3; LM laan 6 ; WN caan6 ; LC, PS, NM kyaan 6 0156 - to moan, A4 SW - S khraaY]l; W, B caaY]4; Sh khaaY]4; LCH xay]\ xaaY]4; LMY xaY]4; CM khaaY]l CN - LM laaY]4; NM taaY]4 N - Sk reeY]l (AI, probably not cognate)

83

Comparative Tai Source Book

0157 - who, A? SW - S khray' (A4); W phaUj5 (B4); B faUjI (AI); Sh phaUj' (AI), phaUjz; LNK, LCH, LMY phayl (AI); CM phaf (AI) CN - LP caUj\ LC naUj4 (A4 in CN languages) N - WM prau/ (A4) 0158 -lemongrass, A4 SW - S (ta 2) khra/ (C4); W (h::lml) caUj4; B (fak2) caUj4; LCH (53-) xay\ LMY (ca-) xay4; CM (cak6) khay' N - Sk (ca 6) thrn4, (cii 6) phryy4 0159 - utensils, tools, equipment, B4 SW - S khrwaT)3; W CYT]'; B cwaT]'; Sh khY113; LNK khwa113; LCH, LMY XYT]5; CM khwaT)4 CN - LM IwwT]5 N - Sk thrwaT)5 0160 - mortar, OS4 SW - S khrok 4 ; W cok4; B cok5; Sh khok 5; LNK khok3 ; LCH, LMY xok5 ; CM khok6 CN - LP chok4 ; LM lok4; WN C::lk4; LC kyuk4 N - Y COkl 0161 - to scrape, OLI SW - S khuut2; W xut2; B, Sh khut2 ; LNK khuut2; LCH, LMY xuut2 ; CM khuut> N - Sk hut4 (OSI), khuut6 (OLI) 0162 - turbid, Bl, (cf. 0954) SW - S, W khun 2; B khun 2 'dust'; Sh khun 2; LNK khun 3 ; LCH, LMY xun 2 ; CM khun 3 CN - LP, LM, PS khon 2 'fertilizer'; NM hon 2 'fertilizer' N - Sk khun 2 0163 - to dig, OS} SW - S, W, B khut2; Sh khut4; LNK khut l; LCH, LMY xutl; CM khue CN - LP hot 5 (OS4); LM khot 4 (OS4); WN khut6 ; LC kut4 (084); PS kot4 (OS4); NM khot4 N - Y hut l, kut l; Sk khut6 ; P hut 3 (OS4 in N languages) 0164 - right (hand), Al SW - 8 khwaa5 ; W xwaa l; B, Sh khwaa l; LNK khua ' ; LCH kwaa l; LMY kwaa l (rare xwaa l); CM khwaa2 CN - LP faal; LM, WN saa ' ; LC, PS faa l ; NM kwaa4 (A4) N - Y kwa4 ; 8k khwaa4 (OG), khua4 (YG); WM kwaa2 ; P kwaa2 (A4 in N languages)

84

Cognates

0165 - matter, affair, A4 SW - S khwaam l; W xaam4 'word, language'; B kwaam4 'word, language'; Sh kwaam4 'word, language'; LNK khuam6 ; LCH, LMY kwaam\ xwaam4 ; CM khwaam 1 CN - LP vaam4 'language'; LM vaam4 'sentence, word, language'; LC vaam 4 'sentence'; PS, NM vaam4 'language' 0166 - to throw, B4 SW - S khwaa,,3; W xwaa"s; B kwaa,,5; LNK khua,,3; LCH, LMY xwaa,,5; CM khwaa,,4 0167 - water buffalo, A4 SW - S khwaayl; W xwaay4; B, Sh kwaay4; LNK khua/; LCH kwaay4, xwaal; LMY kwaay4; CM khwaayl CN - LP, LM, WN vaal; BV vaal; LC, PS, NM vaal N - Y, Sk vaal; WM xwaay2; P vaay2 0168 - to hang up, Al SW - S khwEEn5; W xwen l; B khwen l; Sh khEnl; LNK khEEnl; LCH kwen 1; LMY kWEn\ xWEnl; CM khween 2 CN - LM khween l; WN khen l N - Y ven l ; Sk veen 2 ; WM wen 3 (C?) 0169 - (to lie) face down, C1 SW - S khwam 3 ; W xam 3 ; B khwam 3 ; Sh khwam 3, kom3 ; LNK khuam 4 ; LCH, LMY xom 3 ; CM khuam 5 CN - LP kham 3 ; LM khom3 ; WN kham\ LC khum 3 'upside down' N - Y ham 3 ; Sk "am3 ; P hom 3 0170 - smoke, A4 SW - S khwan l; W xwan\ xon4 ; B kwan 4 ; Sh kwaan\ k::m4, kan 4 ; LNK khuan 6 ; LCH kon\ xon 4; LMY kwan4 ; CM khwan l CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM van 4 N - Sk yon 4 ; WM xon 2 ; P hon2 0171 - whorl in the hair; spirit, Al SW - S khwan s; W xwanl, xon l; B khwan l; Sh khwan l, khon 1; LNK khuan 1; LCH xwan l ; LMY kwan l; CM khwan2 CN - LP, LM khwan 1; WN khon l; LC, PS khwan 1 N - Y van l; Sk hon 2 ; P hon l 0172 - to pull, drag, DL4 SW - S laak 3 ; W laa 4 ; B laa7 5 ; Sh laak 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY laak 5 ; CM laak4 CN - LP, LM, WN laak5 ; LC laak4 ; PS, NM laak5 N - Y raak 5, laak 5 ; WM raak 6 ; P laak6

85

Comparative Tal Source Book

0173 - to destroy, C4 SW - S Jaa1l 4 ; W, B maa1l6; LNK maa1l5; LMY, CM maa1l6 0174 - stripe, design, mark, A4 SW - S laay\ W, B, Sh laal; LNK laal; LCH, LMY laa/; CM laai CN - LP, LM, WN, LC laa/ N - Y raal; Sk laay4; WM raal; P Jaal 0175 - many, much, Al SW - S laay5; W, B laay'; Sh laayl 'how many?'; LNK, LCH, LMY laay'; CM laa/ CN - LP, LM, WN laayl; BY laa/; LC, PS, NM laay! N - Y laayl; Sk laa/; WM, P laayl 0176 - to steal, DS4 SW - S, W lak4; B, Sh lak 5 ; LNK lak3 ; LCH, LMY lak 5 ; CM lak6 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM lak4 N - Y rak l; Sk lak6 ; P lak 3 0177 - to close (the eyes), DS 1 SW - S, W, B lap2; Sh lap4; LNK, LCH, LMY lapl; CM lap" CN - LP lap2; LM lap 3; WN lap 6; LC, PS lap2; NM lap4 N - Y lap); WM lap 5; P lap2 0178 - liquor, Cl SW - S, W, B, Sh law3 ; LNK law\ LCH, LMY la~; CM laws CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM law} N - Y, Sk, WM, P la~ 0179 - to chase, B4, (cf. 0121) SW - S lay3; W, B lal; LNK la/; LCH, LMY lal; CM lay4 CN - LM ley 5; WN lay5 'to inspect (water in ditches), (cognate?); LC layS 'to put' (cognate?) N - Y, Sk layS; P lay6 0180 - to flow, Al SW - SlayS; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY lai; CM la/ CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM layl N - Y lay! 0181 - great-grandchild, A I SW - S leen\ W lin!; B lent; Sh lin!; LNK leen l ; LCH, LMY lin!; CM leen2 , len 2 CN - LP, LM lin); WN lan 3 ; PS lin 3 ; NM len 3 (Cl in CN languages) N - Sk leen!, leen 2 ; P lan3 (Cl?)

86

Cognates

0182 - liquid, soft, Al SW - S leew5; W, B lew l; Sh lew l 'bruised, reduced to particles', lew3 'thin, as a liquid'; LNK leew l; LCH, LMY lew l; CM leEwl CN - LP liiw l; LM niiwl; WN lew l; LC liiw l 'thin (liquid)' N - Sk l&ew l 0183 - iron (the metal), DSl, (cf. 0847) SW - S, W, B lek2; Sh lek4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY lekl; CM lek 2 CN - LP lik 2 ; LM lyak3 ; WN lek 6 ; LC, PS Iik2 ; NM lek4 (lyk 4 ?) N - P lek2 0184-to play, Cl, (cf. 1090) SW - S len 3; W din 3; B lin}; Sh len 3 ; LNK len4 ; LCH din}; LMY lin 3; CM lenS 0185 - fingernail, toenail, DS4 SW - S, W lep\ B lep 5; Sh nep5; LNK lep}; LCH, LMY leps; CM lep 6 CN - LP lip4; LM lyap} (DS 1, rare Jyap4); WN lep4; LC, PS, NM lip4 N - Y ritl; Sk liips (DL4); WM rip6; P lie 0186 - evening meal, A4 SW - S l&eTJl; W, B I&TJ4; LNK IEETJ6; LCH, LMY leTJ4 'meal at 2 or 3 P.M.'; CM IEETJI CN - LP, LM leeTJ4; WN leTJ4; LC, PS, NM IccTJ4 ('meal at noon, lunch' for all six languages) N - Y riTJ4; Sk IE&TJ4; WM riTJl; P lin2 0187 - to raise, feed, C4, (cf. 0955) SW - S liaTJ4; W leTJ6; B liaTJ6; Sh leTJs; LNK liaTJ5; LCH, LMY iCTJ6; CM liaTJ6 CN - WN IiTJs (B4?) N - Sk liaTJ6 0188 - to dodge, avoid, DLl SW - S liikl; W 1i72; B ni72; Sh Iik2 ; LNK iiik2 ; LCH liik2 0189 - tongue, C4 SW - S lin4; W, B lin 6 ; Sh, LNK lins; LCH, LMY, CM lin 6 CN - LP lin}; LM, WN, LC, PS lin 6 ; NM len6 N - Y lin 6 ; Sk liin6; WM, P Iin 4 0190 - to choose, DL4 SW - S lUJak 3; W ly4; B lUJa7\ Sh lyk 3; LNK lUJaks; LCH, LMY lyykS; CM IUJak4 CN - LP Inks; LM iUJUJk5 ; WN Ivk5; LC Ink4; PS lvyk 5 ; NM lUJUJk 5 N - Y le 5

87

Comparative Tai Source Book

0191 - blood, DL4 SW - S Iwat3; W l¥t4; B Iwat 5; Sh h,t3; LNK lwat5; LCH, LMY 1¥¥t5; CM Iwat 4 CN - LP l¥Yt 5 ; LM Iwwt 5 ; WN l¥t5 ; LC 1¥¥t4; PS 1¥¥t5 ; NM Iwwt5 N - Y Iwat5 ; Sk luat5 ; WM Iwat6 ; P Iwwt6 0192 - a saw, to saw, B4, (0940) SW - S lwai; W kw 5; B kwa 5; Sh jy3; LNK Iway\ LCH, LMY CM lwal (C4) N - Sk lway6 (C4)

j yy 5;

0193 - to forget, A4 SW - S Iwwml; W, B, Sh Iwm\ LNK Iwwm 6 ; LCH, LMY Iwm 4 ; CM Iwwm l CN - LP, LM lom 4 ; WN lum 4 ; LC lum 4 N - Y lum 4 ; WM, P lum 2 0194 - to open (the eyes), A4 SW - S Iwwml; W, B, Sh mwn4 ; LNK mwwn 6 ; LCH, LMY mwn 4 ; CM mwwn l CN - WN men4 N - Skmb:m 4 0195 - slippery, smooth, B4, (cf. 0813) SW - S Iwwn\ W, B mwn 5 ; Sh mwn 3 ; LNK mwwn 3 ; LCH, LMY mwn 5 ; CM mwwn 4 CN - LP Inns; LM Iwwn 2 (B?), Iwwn 3 (C?), l¥n5 'to slide'; LC, PS 1¥¥n2 (B?) N - Sk mlwwl5 (OG), mlwwn 5 (YG), mlwl 5 (OG), mlwn 5 (YG) 0196 - deep, DS4 SW - S lwk4; W l¥k4; B Iwk s, l¥k 5; Sh Iwk 5; LNK l¥k3 (modern IwkJ); LCH, LMY Iwk s; CM I¥k o CN - LP dak2; LM nak 3 ; WN dak6 ; LC, PS dak2; NM lak4 (DS3 in CN languages) N - Y lak 1; Sk, WM lak 6 0197 - spool, DU, (cf. 0896) SW - S botl; w, B be; Sh be 'conduit, pipe'; LNK lootl 'drinking straw'; LCH, LMY bof; CM boe CN - LP, LM looe 'shuttle'; WN bt2 ; LC, PS looe 'shuttle' N - Sk luut6 ; WM lut5 0198 - to float, A4, (cf. 0787) SW - S boyl; W, B bl 'to swim'; Sh by4 'to rinse'; LNK bol 'to swim'; LMY by4 'to float; to swim'; CM boyl

8&

Cognates

0199 - to scald, DL4 SW - S luak3 ; W 104 ; B lua7 S; LNK Iuak S; LCH, LMY lookS; CM luak 4 CN - LP, LM luuk 5 ; LC luuk 4 ; PS, NM Iuuk 5 N - Y [uk3 (DS1); Sk luak 5 (but nam6 looks 'hot water') 0200 - big, AI, (cf. 0396, 0765) SW - S luaTl 5 (also, 'royal'); W 10Tll; B luaTll; Sh \0111; LNK lua'lll; LCH, LMY 10111; CM 1ua112 CN - LP lo011l (Iuull l?); LM IUUTlI; BV luu112; LC, PS, NM IUUll1 N - Sk luaTl 2 0201 - (one's) child, DL4, (cf. 0439) SW - S luuk3 ; W lu 4 ; B lu7 5 ; Sh luk 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY luuk\ CM luuk4 CN - LP, LM loks; WN luk 5 ; LC luk4 ; PS lok s; NM laak 5 N - Y Iwkl; Sk Iwk6; WM Iwk6; P Iwk 3 (DS4 in N languages) 0202 - to stroke, DL4 SW - S luup 3; W IUp4; B I Up 5; Sh lup 3; LNK, LMY luups; CM IUUp4 CN - LP, LM lopS; WN lup4 (DS4); PS lopS; NM IUUp 5 N - Y fUpl (DS4); Sk IUUp 5; P l up 3 (DS4) 0203 - to come, A4 SW - S maa l; W, B, Sh maa4 ; LNK maa6 ; LCH, LMY maa4 ; CM maa l CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maa4 N - Y mal; Sk maa2 'to return'; WM, P maa 1(AI in N languages) 0204 - horse, C4 SW - S maa4 ; W, B maa6 ; Sh mas; LNK maa 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM maa" CN - LP maa 3 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maa6 N - Y ma6 ; Sk maa6; WM, P maa4 0205 - dog, Al SW - S maa 5 ; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY maa l; CM maa2 CN - LP, LM, WN maa l; BV maa2 ; LC, PS, NM maa l N - Y mal; Sk maa2 ; WM, P maa l 0206 - fruit, DLl SW - S maak2 'areca'; W, B maa7 2 ; Sh maak2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY maak 2 (but in Lue usually pronounced as a syllabic [m 2l in ordinary speech); CM maak3 'areca' CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maak 2 N - Y maak2 ; Sk maak 6; WM maak 5

89

Comparative Tai Source Book

0207 - widowed, CI SW - S, W, B, Sh maal; LNK maal; LCH, LMY maal; CM maay5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maay3 N - Y maay2; Sk maay6; WM maal (Bl in N languages) 0208 - wood, C4 SW - S maay4; W, B may6; Sh, LNK mayS; LCH, LMY, CM mal CN - LP mai; LM, WN mal; LC mal 'tree'; PS, NM mal N - Y, Sk mal; WM fal; P may4 0209 - flea, DSI SW - S, W, B mae; Sh mat4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY matI; CM mae CN - LP maf; LM mat'; WN mat6; LC, PS mat 2; NM mat4 N - Y mae; Sk mat4 ; WM mae; P mat2 0210 - to tie up; a bundle, DS4, (cf. 0659, 0839) SW - S, W mat 4 ; B, Sh, LCH, LMY matS; CM mat6 CN - WN mat4 0211 - new, Bl SW - S mal; W, B, Sh maUj2; LNK mal; LCH, LMY mal; CM may3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maUj2 N - Y m0 2 ; Sk moo 6 ; WM my5; P mooS 0212 - to burn (intransitive), CI, (cf. 0638) SW - S, W, B, Sh mal; LNK may4; LCH, LMY mai; CM mai CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM may3 0213 - a seed, grain, DS4, (ef. 0457,0943) SW - S met\ mii4 Id; W mit4 ; B mitS; Sh met\ LNK mee; LCH, LMY met S; CMmd CN - LM, WN mat 4 N - Y nat l ; Sk mlEk6 (less frequent mlet6 ); WM nat 6 ; P nEe 0214 - mother, B4 SW - S mEe 3 ; W, B mES; Sh me 3 ; LNK mEE 3 ; LCH meeS; LMY mE&3; CM meE 4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM mee' N - Y meS; Sk mee'; WM me S (B7); P mee6 02 15 - insect, A4 SW - S mEETJ I, ma 4 1&&TJl; W, B, Sh mETJ4; LNK m&ETJ6; LCH, LMY m&TJ4; CM mE&TJI CN - LP, LM meeTJ4; WN meTJ4; LC, PS, NM meeTJ4 N - Y neTJ4 'mosquito'; Sk mEETJ4; WM neTJ2; P neeTJ2

90

Cognates

0216 - a bear, Al SW - S mE s; W, B, Sh mil; LNK miil; LCH, LMY miil, mii 1 m¥yl; CM mii 2 CN - LP miP; LM meyl; WN mwyl; BY mii 2; LC, PS miil; NM meyl N - Y mwayl; Sk mii 2 (said to be < Lao or Siamese), mway2, m¥¥y2; WM mwyl 0217 - wife, A4, (cf. 0737, 0876) SW - S mia 1; W me4 ; B mia 4 ; Sh me 4 ; LNK mia6 ; LCH, LMY mee 4 ; CM mial eN - WN mii 4 0218 - knife, OL4 SW - S miit3 ; W mit4 ; B mitS; Sh mie; LNK, LCH, LMY miitS; CM miit4 CN - LM miit5; WN mitS 'razor' N - Y mie; WM mit6 ; P mitl (OS4 in N languages) 0219 - hand, A4 SW - S mww l; W, B, Sh mw 4 ; LNK mww 6 ; LCH, LMY mww 4 ; CM mww l CN - LP m¥¥4; LM m¥ut; WN mU114; BY mww 3 ; LC, PS mww 4 ; NM maUj4 N - Y fW,,4; Sk mww4 ; WM faUj2, fw,,2; P fW112 0220 - a meal, C4 SW - S mww 4 ; W, B mw 6 'day'; 5h mw 5 'day, not used alone'; LNK mww 5 'day'; LCH, LMY mww 6 'day'; CM mww 6 'a turn' CN - WN mww 6 'a meal, a time' N - Y fw 6 'meal'; Sk mww 6 'day' 0221 - city, a country, A4 SW - S mwa"l; W m¥114; B mwa,,4; Sh m¥,,4; LNK mwa,,6; LCH, LMY m¥,,4; CMmwa,,1 CN - WN mw,,4 N - Y pwa,,4 (but mwa,,4 in place names); Sk phia,,4 0222 - stiff and tired, B4 SW - S mwal; W m¥y5; B mway5; Sh moy3; LNK mwal; LMY m¥y5; CMmwal CN-WNmwyS N - Y mwayS 0223 - dark, OL4 SW - S mwwt\ W mwt4 ; B mwtS; Sh mwt 5, mwt4 (OS?); LNK, LCH, LMY mwwt S; CM mwwt4 0224 - ink, OS4 SW - S mwk2 (OS?); W mwk 4 ; B mwk\ Sh (nam 5) mwk5 ; LNK, LMY mwk l CDS?); eM mwkJ (DL?) CN - LP, LM m¥k4; WN mak4 ; LC, PS m¥k4; NM mak4 N - Y mak l ; Sk mwk6 ; WM mak6 91

Comparative Tai Source Book

0225 - all, all gone, DSl, (cf. 1020)

SW - S moe; W, B met2; Sh mot4 ; LNK m¥tl (modern mati); LCH, LMY mot l; CMmot2 C - LM myt4 (DS4) N - Y mwat S (DL4, cognate?); Sk m~t4 'clean' 0226 - ant, DS 4

SW - S, W mot4; B, Sh motS; LNK moe; LCH, LMY motS; CM mot6 CN - LP mot4 ; LM myt4 ; WN mat4 ; LC, PS myt4 ; NM met4 N - Y mati; Sk mek6 ; WM mot6 ; P moe 0227 - cooking pot, CI, (cf. 1136) SW - S m~:)\ W, B, Sh m~3; LNK m:x)4; LCH, LMY m~:)3; CM m~~s

CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM moo> N - Y mo 3; Sk m:)o3 0228 - fog, DLl

SW - S m~:)k2; W, B m~72; Sh m~k2; LNK, LCH, LMY m~~k2; CM CN - LP, LM mook2; WN m~k2 'cloud'; LC, PS, NM mook 2 N - Y mok2 ; Sk m~~k6

m~~k3

0229 - pillow, Al

SW - S m~~n5; W, B, Sh m~nl; LNK m~~nl; LCH, LMY m:)n!; CM mo:)n2 CN - LP, LM moon!; WN mon l; LC, PS, NM moon! 0230 - to roof, A4

SW - S muY]!; W, B, Sh muY]4; LNK muY]6; LCH, LMY muY]4; CM muY]l CN - LP, LM foY]4; WN muY]4; LC fUY]4; PS fOY]4 N - Y fOY]4; SK V~~Y]I (AI?) 0231 - rice field, A4 SW - S naa 1; W, B, Sh naa4 ; LNK naa6 ; LCB, LMY naa4 ; CM naa l

CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naa4 N - Y na4 ; Sk naa4 ; WM, P naa2 0232 - water, C4

SW - S naam4 ; W, B nam6 ; Sh nam 5 ; LNK naam s; LCH, LMY, CM nam 6 CN - LP nam 3; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM nam 6 N - Y ram 6 ; Sk nam6 ; WM ram 4 ; P lam 4 0233 - thorn, AI, (cf. 0757)

SW - S naam 5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY naam l; CM naam 2 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naam l

92

Cognates

0234 - cold, AI SW - S naaw5; W, B naaw 1; Sh naaw 1 'fever'; LNK, LCH, LMY naaw\ CM naaw2 CN - LP, LM naaw 1 'fever, illness' 0235 - heavy, DSI SW - S, W, B nak2 ; Sh nak4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY nak!; CM nak2 CN - LP nak2 ; LM nak\ WN nak6 ; LC, PS nak2 ; NM nak4 N - Y nak3 ; Sk nak 4 ; WM naks; P nak2 0236 - to sit, B4 SW - S naTl 3; W, B naTl s; Sh, LNK naTl 3; LCH, LMY naTl s; CM naTl 4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naTl s N - Y, Sk naTl 5 ; WM, P naTl 6 0237 - to count, DS4 SW - S, W nap\ B, Sh naps; LNK nap3; LCH, LMY naps; CM nap6 CN - WN nap4 N - Sk nap6 0238 - stinger (ofa bee), A4 SW - S nayl; W, B lal; LNK lay6; LCH, LMY mal; CM mayl CN - WNlal N - Y, Sk lal; P lay2 0239 - finger, toe, C4, (cf. 0868) SW - S niw4; W, B niw6 ; Sh, LNK niw 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM niw6 CN - LP niiw3; LM niiw6 ; WN niw6 ; LC, PS niiw6 0240 - one, B4?, (cf. 0754) SW - S nWTl 2 (B?); W, B nWTl 5 (B4); Sh, LNK nWTl 3 (B4); LCH, LMY nWTl' (B4); CM nWTl 4 (B4), nWTl 3 CN - LC n\'Tl I used in connected speech, n\'Tl s (B4) used in counting; PS nWTlI, nWTl 5 (B4) N - Sk nWTl 5 (B4) 0241 - to steam, C 1 SW - S, W, B, Sh nWTl 3 ; LNK nWTl\ LCH, LMY nWTl 3 ; CM nWTl 5 CN - LM n\'Tl 3; WN nWTl 3, naTl 3 ; NM naTl 3 N - Y naTl 3 ; Sk nWTl 3 ; WM naTl 3 0242 - bird, DS4 SW - S, W nok 4 ; B, Sh nok s; LNK nok 3 ; LCH, LMY nok s; CM nok6 CN - LP, LM, WN nok4 ; LC nuk 4 ; PS, NM nok 4 N - Y rokl; Sk n::lk6 ; WM rok 6 ; P bk3

93

Comparative Tal Source Book

0243 - a sprout, shoot, Bl, (cf. 0882) SW - S n:d; W, B, Sh n::?; LNK no0 3 ; LCH, LMY no02 ; CM no0 3 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM no0 2 0244 - outside, DL4 SW - S nO::Jk3 ; W n0 4 ; B n07 5 ; Sh n::Jk 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY nooks; CM n::Jok 4 CN - LP, LM nooks; WN nok s; LC nook 4 ; PS, NM nooks N - Y rok s; Sk lookS; WM f'tk 6 ; P 100k6 0245 - to lie down, to sleep, A4 SW - S noon l ; W, B, Sh n::m 4; LNK noon 6 ; LCH, LMY non 4; CM n:x:m l CN - LP, LM noon4 ; WN non4 ; LC, PS, NM noon 4 N -Y nin4 ; Sk nuun 4 ; WM nin2 , nwn 2 ; P nwn 2 0246 - small, few, C4, (cf. 1119) SW - S nooy4, noy2; W, B nol; Sh noy; LNK nooy (also, in certain phrases nooyl, nooy4); LCH, LMY noy6 (both also have noy in certain expressions); CM nooy5 (C?) CN - LP noo/; LM noal, nool; WN nol; LC noo/; PS nooy6 'little in quantity'; NM nooy6 'little' N - Y noy (B4); Sk nooy (B4); WM nyy4 0247 - beard, DLl, (cf. 0857) SW - S nuaf; W not2; B nuat2 ; Sh not2; LNK nuat 2; LCH, LMY noot 2; CM nuae 0248 - midday meal, A4 SW - S T]aayl; W, B T]aay4; LNK T]aal 'breakfast'; LCH, LMY T]aa/ 'morning meal'; CM T]aay! CN - LP, LM T]aay4 'morning meal'; WN, LC T]aay4 'breakfast'; PS, NM T]aa/ ('morning meal' in PS, NM) N - Y, Sk T]aay4; WM, P T]aal 0249 - easy, B4 SW - S T]aay3; W, B T]aal; Sh, LNK T] aay3; LCH, LMY T]aal; CM T]aa/ CN - WN T] aay 5 N - Y, Sk T]aal 0250 - silver, money, A4, (cf. 0986) SW - S T]yn l ; W T]wn4; B T]Yn4; Sh T]wn4; LNK T]yn 6 ; LCH, LMY T]wn4; CM T]Yn! CN - LP, LM T]Yn4; WN T]an4; LC, PS T]¥n4; NM T]en4 N - Y T]an4; Sk ]1&114; WM T]anl

94

Cognates

0251 - kapok tree, C4, (cf. 0613) SW - S lliw4; W, B TJiw6 ; LNK T]iw 5; LCH niw6 ; LMY T]iw6; CM TJiw6 'kapok' CN - WN OEW6 N - Y rew6; Sk T]iiwl (OG), T]ivl (YG) 'kapok' (C?) 0252 - sweat, B I SW - S TJwa2, hwa2; W h¥2; B hwa2; Sh h¥\ LNK hwa3; LCH, LMY h¥y2; CM hwa3 CN - LP h\,\,2; LM thww 2; WN thwy2; LC, PS hWW1; NM 4ww 2 0253 - the gums, gills, DLl SW - S T]wak2; W hv72; B hwa7 1; Sh hvk2; LNK hwak2; LCH, LMY T]Y¥k2; CM T]wak l . CN - LP hy\'k\ LM hwwk2; WN TJyk2; LC, PS h¥\'k2 N - Y TJWk3 (DS1); P TJWWk5 'palate', TJWk2 'gills' 0254 - grey-haired, DLl SW - S T]00k2; W, B h07 2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY T]00k2; CM T]OOk3 CN - LM, LC, PS hook2 N - Sk huuk6 0255 - cockscomb, Al SW - S TJoon 5 ; W, B, Sh hon l ; LNK hoon l ; LCH, LMY h:ml; CM TJoon 2 CN - LP hoon l ; LM khoon l ; WN mon l ; BY hoon l ; LC, PS, NM hoonl N - Sk hoon l (more commonly called khial 4 [OG], khian4 [YGJ) 0256 - ox, A4, (cf. 1069) SW - S llua l , wua l ; W T]04; B TJua4 ; Sh TJ04, w0 4 ; LNK TJua6 ; LCH ho0 4 (colloquial), vo04 (literary); LMY T]004; CM TJua l 0257 - snake, A4 SW - S TJuu 1; W, B, Sh T]u 4; LNK T]uu6 ; LCH, LMY T]uu 4 ; CM T]uu l CN - LP vuu 4 ; LM TJOW4; WN, LC, PS lluu4 ; NM Iww 4 N - Y llwa4; Sk llua4 ; WM llw 2; P llWW2 0258 - forest, B2, (cf. 0448, 0900) SW - S, W, B, Sh paa 2 ; LNK paa3 ; LCH, LMY paa2 ; CM paa1 eN - WN paaz N - Sk paa6 0259 - aunt, older sister of either parent, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh paal ; LNK paa5 ; LCH, LMY paal ; eM paa5 eN - LP, LM, WN, Le, PS, NM paal N - Y pal; Sk, WM, P paal

95

Comparative Tai Source Book

0260 - to announce, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh paaw2 ; LNK paaw 3 ; LCH, LMY paaw2 ; CM paawl N - Y paaw2 ; Sk paaw6 0261 - to go, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pay'; LNK pay2; LCH pay'; LMY pay4 (LCH and LMY have pay' 'don't' before verbs; for this, LCH also has yaa2 payl); CM payl (A2?) CN - LP paf; LM peyl; WN, LC, PS, NM payl N - Y, Sk pay'; WM poyl; P payl 0262 - to blow, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pawl; LNK paw3 ; LCH, LMY pawl; CM pawl CN - LP paws; LM, WN pawl; PS paw2 ; NM puu 2 N - Y pOl; Sk ph:X)6 0263 - to be, become, A2 SW - S pen l ; W pinl; B, Sh pen l; LNK pen1 ; LCH, LMY pinl; CM pen1 CN - LP phin4; LM pin4; WN pan4 ; LC, PS pin4 ; NM pen 4 (A4 in CN languages) N - Y pan4 ; Sk phal 4 (OG), phan 4 (YG); WM, P pan 2 (A4 in N languages) 0264 - duck, DS2 SW - S, W, B pet2; Sh pd; LNK, LCH, LMYpet\ CM pee CN - LP pie; LM pyae; WN pat6 ; LC, PS pie; NM pet4 N - Y pie; Sk pit4 ; WM pitS 0265 - eight, DL2 SW - S peee; W, B, Sh pee; LNK, LCH, LMYped; CM peetl CN - LP peetS; LM peetZ; WN pee; LC, PS, NM peee N - Y pee; Sk peet6 ; WM petS; P peetS 0266 - wing, DL2, (cf. 0784) SW - S piik2 ; W, B pi7z; Sh pik2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY piik2 ; CM piik3 CN - LP pik2 ; LM pik3 (DS2); WN pik6 (DS2); LC, PS pik 2 ; NM piik2 0267 - tender, decayed, B2 SW - S pwaf; W p¥f; B pwal; Sh pof; LNK pway1; LCH, LMY p'lry2; CMpway1 N - Sk pway6 0268 - gun, A2 SW - S pwwn 1; W, B, Sh pwn l 'arrow'; LNK pwwn 2 ; LCH, LMY pwn 1 'arrow'; CM pwwn 2

96

Cognates

0269 - fish, A2 SW - S plaa 1; W, B, Sh paa 1; LNK paa2 ; LCH, LMY paa l; CM paa2 CN - LP pyaa2 ; LM pyaa 1; WN paa l; LC, PS, NM pyaa1 N - Y pya!; Sk plaa 1 (OG), praa! (YG); WM plaa!; P pyaa! 0270 - end, tip, A2, (cf. 0746) SW - S plaay!; W, B, Sh paayl; LNK paay; LCH, LMY paayl; CM paay2 CN - LM pyaayl; WN paayl; LC pyaayl 'summit of the tree'; PS, NM pyaay! N - Y pyaayl; Sk plaayl (OG), praayl (YG); WM plaayl; P pyaayl 0271 - empty, B2 SW - S plaaw2 ; W, B, Sh pawl; LNK pa\V1; LCH, LMY paw2 ; CM paw3 CN - LP pyaw5 ; LM pyaw2 ; WN paw2 ; LC, PS pyaw2 N - Y pyu2; Sk pluu6 (OG), pruu6 (YG); WM plaw; P pyuu S 0272 - to fell (a tree), C2 SW - S plam 3 'to wrestle'; W, B, Sh pam 3; LNK pams 'to wrestle, fell a tree'; LCH, LMY pom 3 ; CM pam 5 N - Sk plam3 (OG), pram 3 (YG) 0273 - flame, A2 SW - S plew 1; W, B pew!; Sh pew l ; LNK peew2 ; LCH, LMY pew!; CM pew2 CN - LM, PS piiw l N - Sk pleew! COG), preew! (YG) 0274 -leech, A2 SW - S pli'lll; W, B, Sh pi'll!; LNK pi,,2; LCH, LMY pi'll I; CM pi'll2 CN - LP pi'll2; LM, WN pi'lll; LC, PS pi'lll; NM p'i'lll N - Y pi'll!; Sk pli,,! (OG), pri'll! (YG); WM pli'lll; P pi'lll 0275 - to blow away, A2 SW - S pliw l; W, B, Sh piw l ; LNK piw2 ; LCH, LMY piw l ; CM piw2 N - Sk pliwl (OG), priwl (YG) 0276 - to take down, put down, A2 SW - S pIa,,!; W pu,,!; B, Sh pO'lll; LNK pO'll2; LCH, LMY pU'll!; CM pO'll2 CN - WN pO'll1 N - Y pyO'lll; Sk plo,,! (OG), pro'll! (YG) 0277 - to remove, take down, DS2 SW - S plof; W pot2 (but pwtz in certain expressions); B poe; Sh pot4 'to unloose, loosen; to teach to read'; LNK poe; CM pot2 CN - LM pyoe N - Sk plet4 (OG), pret4 (YG)

97

Comparative rai Source Book

0278 - to release, B2 SW - S ploy2; W, B, Sh pol; LNK pooyl; LCH, LMY pol; CM poy3 CN - LP pyyyy5; LM pyuul; WN poy2; LC pyuuy2 0279 - white ant, OL2 SW - S pluak2; W pO?2; B pua?2; Sh pok2; LNK puak2 ; LCH, LMY pook 2; CM puak3 CN - LP cuuk\ LM pyuuk2; WN cuk2; PS kuuk2 N - Y suk 3; Sk (di6) pluk4 (OG), (Cii6) pruk4 (YG) (OS2 in N languages) 0280 - to awaken (someone), OS2, (cf. 0901) SW - S plukl; W, B pUk2; Sh pok\ LNK puk'; CM pUk2 CN - LM pyok3 ; WN pok6 ; LC pyuk2; PS pyok2 N - Y pyok3 ; Sk pluk4 (OG), pruk4 (YG); P pyok 2 0281 - to plant, OL2 SW - S pluuk2; W, B pu7 2; Sh phuk2; LNK, LCH, LMY puuk 2 ; CM pUUk3 CN - LM pywwk2 'to transplant', pyok3 'to plant seeds' (which is cognate?); WN pUk6 (OS2); LC pyyyk 2 'to stop; to transplant to some other place' N - Sk plook6 (OG), prook 6 (YG) 0282 - to cover, OS2, (cf. 0794, 1078) SW - S, W, B pok 2; LNK, LCH, LMY pok'; CM pOk2 N - Sk pok4, pOk4 0283 - to peel, OL2 SW - S pook 2 ; W, B po7 2 ; Sh pok 2 ; LMY pook2 ; CM pOOk3 CN - LP pOOk5 'to skin'; LM pook2 ; WN pok2 ; LC pOOk2 'to skin' (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM pOOk2 'to skin' N - Y pok2 0284 - to split, B 1 SW - S, W phaa 2 ; B faa2 ; Sh phaa2 ; LNK phaa 3 ; LeH, LMY phaa 2 ; CM phaa3 CN - LM, WN phaa2 N - Y pa2 ; Sk phaa6 ; P paa5 0285 - cloth, CI SW - S, W phaa3 ; B faa 3 ; Sh phaa 3 ; LNK phaa4 ; LCH, LMY phaa3 ; CM phaas 0286 - to lay (a cloth) across, OL4 SW - S phaae; W paat4; B paat5; Sh paae; LNK phaae; LCH, LMY paat5; CM paat4 CN - WN paat5 N - Y paat5

98

Cognates

0287 - vegetable, DSI SW - S, W phak2; B fak2 ; Sh phak4; LNK, LCH, LMY phakl; CM phak2 CN - LP phyak2; LM phyak 3 ; WN phak6 ; LC, PS phyak2; NM phyak4 N - Y piak2 (DLl); Sk phrak4; WM plak5 ; P pyak2 0288 - to fold, DS4, (cf. 0374, 0422) SW - S phap4; W pap4; B paps; LNK phap 3; CM phap 6 CN - WN pap4 N - Y papl; Sk th rap 6, ph ap6, phl ap 6; WM pap6 0289 - daughter-in-law, C4, (cf. 1091) SW - S (Sal) phay4; W, B pa1ll6; LNK phal; LCH, LMY, CM pay6 N - Y pa1ll6; SK khw¥¥6; WM, P pa1ll4 0290 - goat, C3 SW - S phE74 (7); W, B be 3 ; Sh pes (C4); LNK bees; LCH, LMY bee 3 , per (LMY informant thinks these are two different kinds of goats); CM pe7 6 (C4) CN - LP bee ' ; LM mee 3; WN bee3 ; LC bee 3 'sheep'; PS, NM bee> N - Y be6; Sk bee J 0291 - raft, A4 SW - S phee 1; W, B, Sh pe 4; LNK phee6; LCH, LMY pee4 ; CM peel CN - LM pee 4 ; WN pee 4 ; PS, NM pee 4 N - Y pe4; Sk phee4 0292 - to clean, Cl SW - S pheew3 ; W phew) 'to sweep'; B few 'to sweep'; Sh phew3 ; LNK pheew4; LCH, LMY phew>; CM phiaw5 'to sweep' CN - LM pheew3 'to clear (grass)' N - Y pew 'to clear out' 0293 - fat, A4 SW - S phiil; W, B, Sh pi4; LNK phii 6 ; LCB, LMY pii4; CM piil CN - LP phii4; LM pel; WN, LC, PS pii4; NM pel N - Y pi4; Sk phuuy4 (cognate?); WM pj2; P pW 0294 - older sibling, B4 SW - S phil 3; W, B pis; Sh pe; LNK phie; LCH, LMY pjjS; CM pjj4 CN - LP phii 5 ; LM pel; WN, LC, PS pii 5 ; NM pey5 N - Y pi6 (C4); Sk phii 5 (B4); WM pol (C4); P pjj4 (C4) 0295 - wrong, DSl, (cf. 0988) SW - S, W phie; B fie; Sh phit4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY phitl; CM phie CN - WN phit6 N - Sk phit4

99

Comparative Tal Source Book 0296 - to whistle, Al SW - S phiws; W, B thiw l; Sh, LNK phiwl; LCH, LMY thiw l ; CM phiwz CN - LP khwiiwz (B 1); LM viiw l ; WN thiw'; PS khwii~ (B 1); NM khwij2 (B 1) N - Sk thiw2 , phriw2, hii~ (OG), hiw2 (YG) 0297 - bee, beeswax, Cl SW - S, W phW113; B fWllJ; Sh phW113; LNK ph'l114, ph'l'l114; LCH, LMY phw113; CM ph'l115 CN - LM phYY11 3 (usual word is mii 4 fOll') 0298 - to turn (something) over, DS4 SW - S phlik4; W pik4; B piks; CM pik6 (in W, B, and CM also 'to turn back, return') 0299 - betel, A4 SW - S phluu l ; W, B pu 4 ; Sh pus (C4); LNK phuu 6 ; LCH, LMY puu 4 ; CM puu' N - Y pyu4; Sk phluu 4 (OG), phruu 4 (YG) 0300 - hair of the head, Al SW - S phom 5 ; W phum'; B fom l; Sh, LNK phom'; LCH, LMY phum'; CM phom 2 CN - LP, LM phyom'; WN pham l; BV phom'; LC phyum l; PS, NM phyoml N - Y piam'; Sk phram 2 ; WM plom'; P pyom l 0301- father, B4 SW - S ph::d; W, B pos; Sh po); LNK phoo); LCH, LMY p005; CM p004 CN - LP phoos; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM poos N - Y pos; Sk phoo 5 ; WM Py 6 ; P p006 0302 - coconut, C4 SW - S (mii4) phraaw4 ; W, B (maa7 2) paaw6 ; LNK (maak2) phaaw5 ; LClI, LMY (maak2) paaw6 ; CM (ba72) paaw6 CN - LM pyaawS; WN phaaws (B4 in CN languages) N - Y paaw5 (B4), piaw4 (A4); Sk phlaaw6 (OG), phraaw6 (YG) 0303 - root, DL4 SW - S raakJ; W haa4 ; B haa7 5; Sh haak 3 ; LNK haak5 ; LCH, LMY haak 5 (literary raak 5, laak5); CM haak4 CN - LP, LM, WN laaks; LC laak4; PS, NM laak s N - Y raak s; Sk raak 6 COL?); WM raak6 ; P laak 6 0304 - to love, DS4 SW - S rak4 ; W hak4; B, Sh hak5 ; LNK hak3 , lak3 ; LCH hak s; LMY hak 5 (literary rak\ \ak5); CM hak 6

100

Cognates

0305 - we (you and I, not others), A4 SW - raw l; W, B, Sh haw4 ; LNK haw6 ; LCH haw4 ; LMY haw4 (literary raw4); CM haw l CN - LP faw4 ; LM law4 ; WN oaw4; LC, PS, NM law4 N - Y raw4; Sk ro0 4; WM raw l (A?); P law2 0306 - dry field, B4 SW - S rai; W, B hayS; Sh, LNK hai; LCH, LMY hayS; CM hal CN - LP fal; LM lal; WN oal; LC, PS fa y5 N - Y ri s; Sk riis; WM rol; P lii 6 0307 - armpit, second syllable C4; first syllable DS4 SW - S (rak4 ) ree 4 ; W (hak4) he 6 , (haaTJI) he6 ; B (hak 5) he 6 ; LNK (khii4) hees; LMY hee\ le£6; CM h£e 6 CN - LP (fak 4) feel; LM (lak4) lee 6; PS (; LCH, LMY top5; CM topO N - Sk thopO 0375 - stomach, belly, C4 SW - S tho::l'l14; W, B, tOT]6; Sh tOT]5; LNK thOOT]5; LCB, LMY tOT]°; CM tOOT]6 CN - LP thOOT]3; LM tOOT]6; WN tOT]6; LC, PS lOOT]6; NM lOT]° N - Y tUT]6; Sk thUT]6; WM, P tuT]4 0376 - to remove, DLl SW - S thoot2 ; W, B, Sh thoe; LNK, LMY thooe; CM thooe CN - LP thuut2, thootZ; LM thooe; WN thot2; LC thut2 (Li says < Chinese); PS thoot2 ; NM thud N - Y toe; Sk thuut6; WM tuat' (Li says < Chinese) 0377 - bean, B I SW - S thua 2 ; W tho 2 ; B thua2 ; Sh th0 2 ; LNK thua3 ; LCH, LMY thoo 2 ; CM thua3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM thuu 2 N - Y tua 5; Sk thua 5; WM tu 6 ; P tuu 6 (B4 in N languages) 0378 - bowl, cup, Cl SW - S lhuay3; W thoy; B thuay; LNK thuay4; LCH, LMY thoy; CM thuai CN - LP thooy\ LM, LC, PS, NM thuuy N - Y tway6; Sk thool; P tul (C4 in N languages) 0379 - armspread (a measure), A4 SW - S waa l ; W, B vaa4 ; Sh waa4 ; LNK waa 6 ; LCH, LMY vaa4 ; CM waa l CN - WNvaa4 N - Sk vaa4

109

Comparative Tai Source Book

0380 - to say, B4 SW - S waa3 ; W, B vaa 5; Sh waa3 ; LNK waa3 ; LCH, LMY vaa5; CM waa4 CN - LP, LM vaa5 'to lie' (said by LP and LM informants to be < Cantonese); WN vaal (B?); LC vaa5 'sentence; to speak'; PS, NM vaa 5 N - Sk yaa5 0381 - yesterday, A4 SW - S waan!; W, B 11waa4 ; Sh waa4; LNK waan 6 ; LCH, LMY vaa4; CM waal, waan! CN - LP, LM vaa4 ; WN 11aa4 ; LC van4 vaa4 ; PS, NM vaa4 0382 - sweet, Al SW - S waan 5 ; W vaan!; B vaanl, baan!; Sh waan 1; LNK waan!; LCH, LMY vaan 1; CM waan2 CN - LP, LM, WN vaan 1; BV vaan 2 ; LC, PS, NM vaan 1 N - Y vaan 1; Sk vaal 2 (OG), vaan 1 (YG); WM waan!; P vaan 1 0383 - day, A4 SW - Swan!; W vin 4 ; B ven 4 ; Sh wan4 'the sun, a day'; LNK wen\ (also, wan6 in names of days of the week); LCH, LMY van4; CM wan! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS van 4; NM 11an4 N - Y van 4; Sk p€n 4, (also, van 4 in names of days of the week); WM 11on 2; P 11~m2

0384 - housefly, A4 SW - S (m&&11!) wan!; W (m&114) mun4; B (mE114) 11wan4; LNK (m&&11 6) wano; LCH, LMY (m&114) mun 4 ; CM (mE&111) 11on 1 CN - LP (mee114) fyn 4 ; WN (me114) fan 4; LC (mee114) fan 4 N - Y pan!; Sk p€F COG), p&n2 (YG) (AI in N languages) 0385 - a cold, OSI SW - S watl ; W, B vat2; Sh wat4; LNK watl; LCH, LMY vat!; CM watz N - Sk vat4 0386 - to put away, C4 SW - S way4." W B va',6· Sh LNK ways." LCH LMY vay6., CM way6 y" CN - LM, WN, LC val 0387 - medicine, A3 SW - S, W, B, Sh yaa!; LNK yaa1 ; LCH yaa!; LMY yaa4; CM yaa! CN - LP yaa2 ; LM yaa4; WN' LC, PS, NM yaa! N - Y yia!; Sk yaa1 (only in certain phrases < Lao and Siamese), WM 7yw!; P yjj6

110

Cognates

0388 - paternal grandmother, B4 SW - S yaa3 ; W, B yaa 5; Sh yaa 3 'an appellation given to elderly females, now nearly obsolete in colloquial language'; LNK paal ; LCH, LMY yaa 5; CMpaa4 'old woman' CN - LP, LM yaa 5 ; WN yaa S 'wife, woman'; PS yaa5 N - Y ya 5; Sk yaa S; WM, P yaa6 0389 - grass, Cl, (cf. 0498) SW - S yaal ; W, B paa3 ; Sh yaa3, y,/3; LNK paa4 ; LCH, LMY yaa3; CM paa5 CN - LP, LM yaa3 ; WN paal ; LC, PS yaa3 ; NM paal N - Y pia3 , pal (A?); Sk pua3 ; WM pw3 0390 - difficult, DL4, (cf. 0968) SW - S yaak3; W yaa4 ; B yaa7 5; Sh yaak 3; LNK paak s, yaak 5; LCH, LMY yaak 5; CMpaak4 0391 - coarse; vulgar, DL3 SW - S yaap2; W, B paapz; Sh yaap2; LNK yaap2, paap2; LCH, LMY yaap2; CM paap3 CN - LP yaap2 (DL?); LM yaap2; WN paap2; LC yaapZ N - Y paap2; Sk pi ap 6; WM paap5 0392 - to step on, B4, (cf. 1072) SW - yam 3; W, B pam5; Sh yam 3; LNK pam3; LCH, LMY yamS; CM pam 4 CN - LM yam 6 (C4); WN pam s; LC, PS yamS N - Y pam s 0393 - still, yet, A4 SW - S ya"i; W, B pa,,4; Sh ya,,\ (also, 'negative, not'); LNK pa,,6; LCH, LMY yaTJ4; CM pa"i, ya"i CN - LP, LM ya,,4; WN nWTJ4, na,,4; LC naTJ4 N - Y naTJ2 (B?) 0394 - to stop, C4 SW· S yaTJ4; W, B yaTJ6; Sh ya"S; LCH, LMY yaTJ6; CM paTJ6 CN - LP yaT]3; LM, LC yaT]6 'to lift (the foot)' (same meaning in LP, LM; also, 'to lift the arm') 0395 - spiderweb, fiber, membrane, A4 SW - S yayl; W, B, Sh yaUj4; LNKpal; LCH, LMY yal; CM pay! 0396 - big, Bl, (eL 0200, 0765) SW - S yay2; W, B paUj2 'to grow bigger'; Sh yaUj2; LNK payl; LCH, LMY yay2; CM pay3 CN - WN paUj2 « Lao) N - Sk pay6 111

Comparative Tai Source Book

0397 - to open (the mouth), C3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aa3 ; LNK 7aa5 ; LCH, LMY 7aa3 ; CM 7aa5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM 7aa3 N - Y 7a6 ; Sk, WM 7aa3 0398 - saddle, A3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aan 1; LNK 7aan2; LCH 7aan 1; LMY 7aan 4 CN - LP 7aan1 ; LM 7aan4; WN, PS, NM 7aan 1 N - Y, Sk 7aan' 0399 - tendon, A3 SW - S 7en 1; W 7in 1; B, Sh 7en 1; LNK 7en 2; LCH 7in 1; LMY 7in 4 CN - LP yin2; LM yin4; WN yen 4 (A4); LC, PS yin4 (A4); NM TJen 4 (A4) N - Y pin4 (A4); Sk 7in'; WM pin2 (A4) 0400 - swallow (a bird), B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7en 2 CH - LP 7een5 ; LM 7een2 ; WN 7en 2 ; LC, PS, NM 7een 2 N - Y 7en2; Sk 7een6 ; P 7ween5 0401 - to bake, DS3 SW - S, B 70p2; LNK 70pl 'to steam' (modern synonym ofnw'll4); LCH, LMY 70pl; CM 70p2 0402 - cradle, 83 SW - S 7uu 2 ; B, Sh 7u 2 ; LNK 7uu3 ; LCH, LMY 7uu 2 ; CM 7uu3 N - Sk 7uu6 0403 - shoulder, B3 SW - S, W, 8 baa2 ; Sh maa2 ; LNK baa3 ; LCH, LMY baa2 ; CM baa3 CN - LP baaS; LM maa2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baa2 N - Y ba 2; Sk vaa6; WM 7baa 5; P maa 5 0404 - village, C3 SW - S baan3 (also, 'house'); W, B baan 3; Sh maan 3 ; LNK baan 5 ; LCH, LMY baan 3 ; CM baan5 CN - LP baan\ LM maan 3 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baan 3 N - Y baan 6; Sk baan3 ; WM 7baan3 ; P maan 3 0405 - thin (not thick), A3, (cf. 0645) SW - S, W, 8 baaTJI; Sh maaTJ1; LNK baaTJ2; LCH baa'll I; LMY baaTJ4; CM baaTJI CN - LP baaTJ2; LM maaTJ4; WN, LC, PS, NM baaTJI N - Y baaTJI; Sk vaaTJI; WM 7baaT]l; P meeTJ6

112

Cognates

0406 - flying squirrel, B3, (cf. 0888) SW - S, W, B baaTJ2; Sh waaTJ2; LNK baaTJ3; LCH baaTJ2 CN - WN baaTJ2 N - Y baaTJ2; Sk paaT)6 0407 - young unmarried man, 83 SW - S, W, B baaw2 ; Sh maaw; LNK baaw3; LCH, LMY baaw2; CM baawl CN - LP baa~; LM maaw2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baaw2 N - Y baaw2 ; Sk baaw6; WM 7baaw5 ; P maaw5 0408 - light (not heavy), A3 SW - S, W, B bawl; Sh maw'; LNK baw2; LCH bawl; LMY baw4 CN - LP baw2; LM maw4 ; LC, PS, NM bawl N - Y bawl; Sk yawl; WM 7baw l; P maw6 0409 - to strain, make an effort, 83 SW - S bell"; W bi1l2; 8 beT)2; Sh meTJ2, weT)2 'to groan or grunt, as a person in sickness'; LNK beT)3; LMY biT)2 CN - LM miTJ2; WN beT)2 N - Sk beTJ 6, beT)6 (but some say the genuine Sk pronunciation is bliT)6) 0410 - to twist, wring, DS3 SW - S, W, B bit2 ; Sh mit4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY bitl; CM bie CN - LP bit2; LM mie ('to pinch, pluck' in both LP and LM); LC bie 'to pick, to break with fingers (flowers, fruits from the tree)' (or cognate rather with 0440?); N - Y bie 'to pinch'; Sk bit4 0411 - bored, B3, (cf. 0598,1041) SW - S, B bwa2 ; Sh my2 'sickened, poisoned'; LNK bwa3 'to be poisonous; to be bored' (cf. 1041); LMY byy2 'bored, poisonous'; CM bwa3 CN - LP byy'; LM mww2 ; LC bww 2 'bored, disgusted' (same word as 1042, or perhaps the two words have become confused in some languages?); PS, NM bww 2 N - Y bwa2; WM 7bw 5; P mww 5 0412 - side, C3 SW - S bwaT)3; W b¥T)3; B bwaT)3 CN - LP b¥¥TJ3; LM mwwTJ3; WN bWTJ3; LC, PS b¥¥T)3 N - Sk viaTJ'; WM 7bwaTJ3 0413 - dry land, DS3 SW - S, W, B bok2; LNK, LCH, LMY bokl CN - LP bok2; LM mok 3 ; WN bok6 ; LC buk 2 'water goes down, dries up'; PS bok 2 'water goes down'; NM bok 4 'water goes down' N - Y bok3 'shallow'; Sk bok4; WM 7bok5 ; P mok 3 113

Comparative Tai Source Book

0414 - on, A3, (cf. 0607, 0808) SW - S bonl; Sh mun l, mon l; LNK bon 2 ; LCH bunl; LMY bun 4 ; CM bon I N - Y bun l; Sk bwn l; WM 7bun l ; P mwn 6 ('sky' in N languages) 0415 - well, spring, B3 SW - b::>::>2; W, B b::>2; Sh m::>2 'pit or mine in the ground'; LNK b::>::>3; LCH, LMY boo 2; CM b::>::>3 CN - LP boos; LM mo0 2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM bo0 2 N - Y b0 2 ; Sk b::>::>o 'mine'; WM 7b't 5; P mo06 (B4) 0416 - blind, DL3, (cf. 1154) SW - b::>::>t2; W, B b::>t2; Sh m::>e; LNK, LCH, LMY bo::>t2 CN - LP bootS; LM mooi; WN b::>t2; LC, PS boot2 N - Y boi

0417 - cicada (first syllable), DS2, (cf. 0418) SW - S cak4 (DS4) (kil 2 can 2); W, B cak2 (can2); Sh sak4 (saa 3); LNK cak l (can'); LCH cak l kU112 'kind of edible insect similar to a cricket but larger'; LMY in some other animal names: cakl kin 3 'house lizard', cak l khee 3 'crocodile'; CM cak6 can 3 (DS4) 0418 - cicada (last syllable), B2, (cf. 0417) SW - S (cak4 kil 2) can2; W, B, (cak2) can2; LNK (cak) can3; LCH C&02; LMY can 2 ; CM (cak6) can3 0419 - to catch, DS2 SW - S, W, B cap2; Sh sap4; LNK, LCH, LMY capl; CM capl CN - LP capl 'to perch'; LM cap' 'to perch'; WN cep6 (but SEp6, sapo 'to perch'); LC capl 'to light on (speaking of a bird)' N - Sk cap4 0420 - to tend (animals), C4 SW - W c't11 6 ; Sh SY115 'a female attendant upon a princess, a lady-in-waiting' CN - LP ch'tY11 3 ; LM cww116; WN CiTJ6; LC CY¥TJ6 'to bring up (a child), to raise' N - Y sia116; WM swaTJ4; P sii114 0421 - to pick (the teeth), C2 SW - S, W, B cim3 ; LNK cims; LCH, LMY cim 3 N - Sk cim 3, ciim6 (B2) 0422 - to pleat, DL2, (cf. 0288, 0374) SW - S ciip2; W, B Cip2; LNK Ciipl CN - LP ciips; LM cip3 (DS2); WN Cip6 (DS2); LC, PS, NM cip2

114

Cognates

0423 - hoe, DL2 SW - S COOp2; W, B COp2; LNK COOp2 0424 - peak, summit, A2 SW - S coom l ; W, B com l ; Sh som l ; LNK coom 2 ; LCH, LMY com! 0425 - swift (of water), B4, (cf. 0884) SW - S chiaw3 ; B tiaw5; Sh sew3 ; LCH ciw5, cew5, CEW, xiw5; LMY ciw\ cew\ CEW5; CM ciaw3 (B2?) N - Sk riiw4 (OG), riw4 (YG) (perhaps < Siamese rew l 'quick') 0426 - name, B4 SW - S chww3 ; W, B cw 5 ; Sh sw3; LCH, LMY cww 5 ; CM cww 4 CN - LM CYUj5 ('school name'; LM uses miTl 4 for 'name'); WN cww5 N - Y S05; Sk S005; WM Sy6; P sww6 0427 - elephant, C4 SW - S chaaTl4; W, B caaTl 6 ; Sh, LNK saaTl 5; LCH, LMY, CM caaTl 6 CN - LP chaaTl 3, chY¥Tl 5 (B4), h¥Tl' (B4); LM caaTl 6, CWW1l5 (B4); WN caaTl 6; LC, PS caa116; NM cww115 (B4) N - Y, Sk saaTl 6 ; WM swa1l6 (B4, Li says < Chinese); P saaTl 4 0428 - to weigh, B4 SW - S, Sh chaTj3; LNK sa1l3; LCH, LMY caTjs; CM caTj4 CN - LP chal1'; LM, WN caTj'; LC caTjs 'steelyard'; PS, NM caTjs N - Y, Sk salls; WM saTj6 'scales'; P saTj6 0429 - to scold, revile, B3 SW - S, W daa2 ; B daa2 , laa2 ; Sh laa2 ; LNK daa 3 ; LCH, LMY daa2 ; CM daa1 CN - LP daa5; LM naa 2; WN, LC, PS, NM daa2 N - Y da2; WM 7da5 ; P naa 5 0430 - preverbal indicating present progressive time, A3 SW - W, B daaTj! CN - LP daaTl 2 'body'; LM naa114 'body'; WN daaTj! 'body; progressive'; LC daa111 'body' N - Y daall! 'body'; Sk daal1! 'in, during'; WM 7daaTl I 'body'; P naa116 'body' 0431 - spotted or splotched with white, B3 SW - S daa112; W baa112; B na111 daa112 daaw ' 'freckles'; Sh laaT)2' a cutaneous disease appearing as white spots on the skin'; LNK daaT)3; LCH, LMY daa112 CN - LM maa112; WN daa112; PS, NM byaaT]2 N - Y daaT]2; Sk daaT)6

115

Comparative Tai Source Book

0432 - lye (water), B3 SW - S daa'rJ2; W, B da'rJ2; Sh la'rJ2 CN - LP da1l5; LM na1l2; WN da1l2 (also, 'salty'); LC, PS, NM da1l2 N - Y da1l2; Sk da1l6; WM 7da1l5; P na1l5 0433 - sword, DU, (cf. 0939) SW - S, W daap2; B, Sh laapl; LNK, LCH, LMY daap2 N - Sk daap 6 0434 - to weed, A3 SW - S daai; W, B baai; Sh maayl; LNK daay2; LCH baayl; LMY baay4; CN - LP yaay2; LM myaay4; WN daai (also, maak 5 baayl 'hoe'); LC, PS, NM byaayl N - Y daayl; WM 7daai; P daal 0435 - nose, A3 SW - W, B dalll; LNK da1l1; LCH dalll; LMY da1l 4; CM da1l1 CN - LP da1l2; LM na1l4; WN, LC, PS, NM da1l1 N - Y, Sk dalll; WM 7dalll; P na1l4 (C4) 0436 - to transplant (young rice plants), A3 SW - S, B daml; LNK dam2 CN - LP dam 2 ; LM nam 4 ; WN, LC, PS, NM dam l N - Y daml; Sk traml; WM 7dam l ; P nam6 0437 - to extinguish, DS3 SW - S, W dap2; B dap2, lap2; Sh lap4 'to be dark'; LNK, LCH, LMY dapl; CM dapz CN - LP dap2; LM nap\ WN dap 6; LC, PS dap2; NM dap4 N - Y d ap 3; Sk dap4; P nap3 0438 - which, what, any, A3, (cf. 1037) SW - S dayl; W daUjl; B daUjl, laUjl; Sh laUjI; LNK dai; LCH dayl; LMY day4 CN - LP naUj4 (A4); LM IYUj4; WN oaUj4 (A4); LC naUj4 (A4) N - Sk dyyl 'who' 0439 - child, DS3, (cf. 0201) SW - S dek2; W dek 2 noy6, di1l2 nal; B dekl; LNK, LCH, LMY dek 1 CN - LP, LC, PS dik 2 ; NM dek4 N - Sk d&k 4 0440 - to pluck, DS3, (cf. 0916) SW - S, W, B def; LNK, LCH, LMY detl; CM det2 CN - WN bit6 'to pick (flowers)'; d&t6 'to pinch between the fingernails'; LC, PS bif; NM bd (cf. 0410) N - Y biae; Sk r&k 4 ; P mie 116

Cognates

0441 • red, A3, (cf. 0491) SW - S deeT'\l; W, B deT'\l; Sh leT'\l; LNK deeT'\2; LCH deT'\l; LMY deT'\4; CM deeT'\1 CN . LP deeT'\2; LM neeT'\4; WN deT'\l; LC, PS, NM deeT'\l N· Y diT'\l; Sk riiT'\l; WM 7diT'\1 0442 • good, A3 SW· S diil; W dil; B di\ Ijl; Sh iii; LNK dii 2; LCH dii I ; LMY dii 4 ; CM diP CN - LP day2; LM nal; WN, LC, PS dayl; NM dei N • Y dP; Sk diil; WM 7doyl; P nii 6 0443 - gallbladder, A3 SW - S diil; W, B bil; Sh IP; LNK bW; LCH diP; LMY dii 4 CN - LP diF; LM ney4; WN, LC, PS diP N • Y dil; Sk blii l (OG), biP (YG); WM 7boyl; P nii 6 0444· to kick, DL3 SW· S diit2; W, B die 'to pounce'; LNK, LCH, LMY diie; CM diie N • Sk bliit6 (OG), diit6 (YG) 0445 - earth, dirt, A3, (cf. 1004) SW· S, W, B dinl; Sh linl; LNK din 2 ; LCH dinl; LMY din 4 ; CM din l CN - WN din l 'land, country' (for 'earth' WN uses naam S) N - Y naams 'earth' 0446 - raw, not ripe, DS3 SW - S, W di p2; B dipz, lip2; Sh lip4; LNK, LCH, LMY dipl; CM dip2 CN - LP dipz; LM nip}; WN di p6; LC, PS dip2; NM dop4 N • Y di p3; Sk rip4; WM 7di p5; P ni p3 0447 - to boil (intransitive), DL3, (cf. 0359) SW - S dwat2 ; Sh Ivt2 ; LNK dwat2; LCH, LMY dne; CM dwat3 'angry' CN - LP dvve 'very hot'; LM nwwe; WN daae 'hot'; LC dne 'hot, angry' (current in the countryside) N - Y daat2 'hot'; Sk daat6 'to scorch'; WM 7daat5 'hot'; P naat5 'hot' 0448 - forest, A3, (cf. 0258,0900) SW - S dOT'\I; W dUT'\I; B dOT'\I; Sh 10T'\1; LNK dOT'\2; LCH dUT'\I; LMY dUT'\4; CN - LP dOT'\2; LM nOT'\4; WN dOT'\I; LC dUT'\I; PS, NM dOT'\1 N - Y dOT'\I; Sk dOT'\I; P nOT'\6 0449 - winnowing basket, C3 SW - S (kie) dOT'\3; W dUT'\3; B dOT'\3; Sh 10T'\3; LNK (kil-) dOT'\5; LMY dUT'\3 CN - LP dOT'\3; LM n0113; WN do't13; LC dU113; PS, NM dOll3 N - P n011 3 117

Comparative Tai Source Book

0450 ~ to look, watch over, A3 SW ~ S duu'; W du l ; B duI, lui; Sh lui; LNK duu!; LCH duu'; LMY duu4 CN ~ LP duu 2 ; LC duu l 'to tend to cattle, sheep, etc.'; PS duu l 0451 ~ with, C3, (cf. 0482) SW - S duay3; W dVy'; Sh loy'; LNK dual; LCH, LMY doy' CN - LP dooy3; LM nuuy'; LC duul N - Sk dual (said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0452 - palm, sole, Bl SW - S, W, B faa 2 ; Sh phaa 2 ; LNK faa 3 ; LCH, LMY faa 2 CN ~ LP phaa' (AI); LM, WN, LC, PS, NM phaa3 (CI) N - Y va2; Sk paa6, vaal; WM paa5 0453 - split bamboo flooring, DL4 SW - S faak 3 ; W faa4 ; B faa?5; Sh phaak 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY faak 5 N - Sk vaak5 0454 - straw, stubble, A4 SW - S faaTJI; B fwaTJ4; Sh phVTJ4; LCH, LMY fYTJ4; CM fwaTJI CN - LP, LM, WN, LC faaTJ4 N - Y fwaTJ4; Sk viaTJ' (A?); WM fwaTJ2; P fWWTJ2 0455 - cotton, CI SW - S, W, B faa/; LNK faal; LCH, LMY faay'; CM faa/ CN - LP, LM phaal 'cloth'; WN phaay3; LC phaal 'cloth'; PS, NM phaay3 N - Y vaal (Bl); Sk paayl (A?); WM, P faa/ (BI) 0456 - tooth, A4, (cf. 0133) SW - S fanl; W fan 4 (usual word is xew3 ); B fan 4 (usual word is khew3); LCH, LMY fan 4 (literary; usual word is xew3) CN - WN, LC fan 4 N - Y fan 4 'teeth of a saw'; WM fan 2 0457 - seed, A4, (cf. 0213, 0943) SW - W, B fan 4 ; Sh phan 4 ; LCH, LMY fan 4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS fan 4 N - Y van'; Sk van l ; P fan l (AI in N languages) 0458 - to dream, AI, (cf. 0460, 0537) SW - S fanS; W, B fan'; Sh phan l ; LNK, LMY fan'; CM fan l CN - LP, LM, WN phan l ; BV phon l ; NM phan l N - Sk van 4 (A4)

118

Cognates

0459 - river bank, B I SW - S, W, B faTJ2; Sh phaTJ2; LNK faTJ\ LCH, LMY faTJ2; CM faTJ3 CN - LM, WN phaTJz N - Sk vaTJ6; WM paTJ4 (C4); P faTJs 0460 - to dream of, Bl, (0458, 0537) SW - S fay2; W, B faUj2; Sh phaUj2; LNK fal 'to desire (e.g., the good)' 0461 - a boil, Al SW - S fW; W, B tJ1; Sh phil; LNK, LCH, LMY fW; CM fW N - Y pal 'a boil not yet broken'; Sk phal 'impetigo' (A4 in N languages) 0462 - firewood, A4, (cf. 0574) SW - S fwwn l; B fwn 4; Sh phwn4; LNK fwwn 6 ; LCH, LMY fwn 4 CN - LP, LM f'a'n4; WN hun 4 ; LC, PS flfn4 N - Y fun 4 ; Sk vwl l (OG), vwn l (YG) (A?); WM fun 2 ; P fwwn z 0463 - to grind, sharpen, AI, (cf. 0556, 0560, 1089, 1107) SW - S fon s; Sh phon\ LNK fon l ; LMY fun l ; CM fon 2 CN - LP, LM phml; WN phan l; LC, PS phlfnl; NM phan l 0464 - (two or more persons) carry, Al SW - S haam 5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haam l ; CM haam 2 CN - LP haam l; LM, WN, BV thaam l ; LC, PS, NM haam l N - Y raam l; Sk raam 2 ; WM raam l ; P leem ' 0465 - testicles, Al SW - W, B, Sh, LNK ham l ; LCH, LMY haml, (xa-) lam! (latter form is polite) CN - LP ham l ; LM, WN, BV tham l; PS ham l ; NM haam l N - Y rami; Sk ram2; WM rami 0466 - to chop, CI, (cf. 0951) SW - S, W, B ham3 CN - LP, LM, WN tham 3 ; LC tham 3 (current in the countryside); PS, NM tham3 N - Y, WM ram 3 ; P lam 3 0467 - to close, DS 1 SW - S, W, B hapz; Sh hap4; LNK hap! (old-fashioned speech); LCH, LMY hapl; CM hap2 CN - LP hapz; LM hap3; PS hapz; NM hap4 N - Y hap 3 0468 - head louse, Al SW - S hawS; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haw l CN - LP haw l; LM, WN, BV thaw l; LC, PS, NM haw l N - Y raw l ; Sk rawl ; WM raw l; P law ' 119

Comparative rai Source Book

0469 - hail, OS I SW - S hep2; W het2; B hep2; LNK hepl CN - LM hat3 ; WN tat6; LC, PS hatZ; NM hat4 N - Y rip) 0470 - chasm, Al SW - S heews; B hew l ; LNK heew l; LCH, LMY hew l, hew l 0471 - cast-net, Al SW - S hee s; W, B he l ; Sh khe l; LNK, LCH, LMY heel; CM hee 2 CN - LP, LM heel; WN chee l; BV khee l ; LC, PS heel N - Y rei; Sk ree 2 'a long net'; P lee l 0472 - impetigo, the itch, OSI SW - S, W, B hie; Sh hit4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY hit!; CM hit2 CN - LP khee, hee (khif, hit2?); LM lie; PS hee N - Sk hit4 ; P lat2 'measles' 0473 - to carry, as one carries a suitcase, C 1 SW - S, W, B, Sh hiw3; LNK hiw4; LCH, LMY tiw3 (also, rare hiw3); CM tiwS, hiw s CN - LP, LM thiiw 3 ; WN thiw 3; LC ya\V 'to hold something hanging down'; PS yiiw3; NM thiiw3 N - Y riaw3; Sk riiw3 (OG), riw3 (YG), hiiw 5

0474 - road, AI, (0364,1101) SW - S hon 5; LNK hon l; LCH, LMY hun l; CM hon2 N - Y ran!; WM hon l ; Phon! 0475 - to laugh, Al SW - S hua s (ror); B hua!; Sh khol; LNK hua l; LCH xoo\ LMY XOOI, hoo!; CM hua 2 CN - LP vuu l; LM luu l; WN khuu l; LC, PS hUUI; NM khuu l N - Y riaw!; Sk ruaw2; WM riaw l; P Iiw l (also transcribed as lyuu 1) 0476 - loop, B 1 SW - S huaT)2; W tOT)2; B tuaT)2; Sh tOT)2 N - Y kuaT)6 (C?); Sk huaT)6 0477 - picture, B 1 SW - S hun 1 'puppet, marionette'; W, B, Sh hun 2 ; LNK hun 3 'figure, appearance; robot'; LMY hun 2 ; CM hun 3 CN - WN hun 2 'image; design' N - Y hun 2; Sk hun 6 ; WM hun 5 'track'

120

Cognates

0478 - to cook (rice), Al SW - S hu'll\ w, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY hU'llI; CM hU'll2 CN - WN thU'llI; LC hU'll1 (current in the countryside); NM hO'll1 N - Y rU'llI; Sk rU'll2 0479 - ear, Al SW - S huus; W, B, Sh hu l; LNK, LCH, LMY huu l; CM huu2 CN - LP vuu l ; LM low l ; WN chuu l ; BV, LC, PS huu l ; NM khyool N - Y rwa4 ; Sk rua4 ; WM rw 2 ; P lww 2 (A4 in N languages) 0480 - loom for weaving, DLl SW - S huuk2 ; W, B hu7 2 ; Sh huk 2 'the warp of cloth'; LNK, LCH, LMY huuk 2 CN - LP hok2; LM lok3 (DSl); WN thuk6 (OSI); LC huk 2 ; PS hok2 ; NM huuk2 N - Y rok 2 ; Sk huuk 6 ; WM r... ks; P looks 0481 - a crow, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kaa l ; LNK kaa2 ; LCH, LMY kaal; CM kaa2 CN - LP kaa2 ; LM kaa l ; WN kaa\ 7aa 1; LC, PS, NM kaa l N - Y 7a l ; Sk kaa l ; WM 7aa l ; P 7aa6 (A3) 0482 - with, and, OS2, (cf. 0451) SW - S, W, B kapl; Sh kap4; LCH, LMY kapl; CM kap2 N - Sk kap4 0483 - old (of things), B2, (CL 0091, 0712) SW - S, W, B, Sh ka~; LNK kaw3 ; LCH, LMY ka~; CM kaw 3 CN - LP kaw5; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM ka~ N - Y ka\VJ; Sk kaw6 ; WM, P kaw5 0484 - to pick up, OS2 SW - S, W, B kep2; Sh kep4; LNK, LCH, LMY kepi; CM kep2 CN - LP kipl; LM kyap 3; WN CEp6; LC, PS kip2 N - Y ci p3; Sk kip4; P cip2 0485 - to undo, untie, C2 SW - S kEE 3; W, B, Sh ks 3; LNK kEss; LCH, LMY kSE 3; CM kee s CN - LP, LM kee 3 ; WN cee 3; LC, PS, NM keel N - Sk keeJ; WM ke3 ; P cee3 0486 - rapids, B2 SW - S ke'll2; W, B

kST])

(C2?); Sh ks'll2 nam s; LNK, CM hS'll3

0487 - to eat, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kinl; LNK kin2 ; LCH, LMY kinl; CM kin 2 CN - LP kin2 ; LM kinl; WN cin l; LC, PS kin!; NM ken! N - Y kwnl; Sk kinl; WM, P kwn l 121

Comparative Tai Source Book

0488 - branch (of a tree), B2, (cf. 0960) SW - S, W, B, Sh ki112; LNK ki113; LCH, LMY kiTj2; CM ki"13 CN - LM, LC ki"12 N - Sk kii11 6 , kiTj6 (fast speech), kaa116 0489 - young rice plant, C2 SW - S klaa3 ; W, B, Sh kaa3 ; LNK kaa5 ; LCH, LMY kaa3 ; CM kaa5 CN - LP caa3 ; LM kyaa3 ; WN caa3 ; LC, PS, NM kyaa3 N - Y ca3 ; Sk t1aa3 (OG), traa3 (YG); WM klaa3 ; P caa 3 0490 - hairknot, C2 SW - S klaaw3 ; W, B, Sh kaw3 ; LNK kaw5 'to make a hairknot'; LCH, LMY ka~ (both noun and verb); CM kaw6 CN - LP ca~; LM kya~; WN caw3 ; LC kya~; PS kyaaw3 ; NM kyaw3 N - Y caw3 ; Sk thra~; WM raw3 ; P caw3 ('head' in all four languages) 0491 - dark (red), B2, (cf. 0441) SW - S klam 2 ; W, B, Sh kam 2; LNK kam 3 ; LCH, LMY kam 2 CN - LM kyam2 ; WN cam 2 'kind of leaf used to dye rice red' N - Y cam 2 ; WM klam 5 'plant used as dye'; P cams 0492 - far, A2 SW· S klay!; B, Sh kay!; LNK kal; LCH, LMY kay!; CM kal CN - LP kway2; LM kway!; WN kay!; LC, PS kway!; NM kyay! N - Y cay!; Sk tIay! (OG), tray! (YG); WM klay!; P cay! 0493 - drum, A2 SW - S kbol1!; B, Sh bTj!; LNK b0"12; LCH, LMY k011!; CM bO,,2 CN - LP COO'll2; LM kyooTj!; WN co'll!; LC, NM kyoo,,! N - Y CO'llI; Sk doo,,! (OG), troo1'] I (YG); WM kh(l1 l ; P COO"I 0494 - I, A2, (cf. 0533,1144) SW - S kuu l ; W, B ku l ; Sh kaw l ; LNK kuu 2; LCH kawl, kuu!; LMY kaw 1, kuu 4 ; CM kuu! (A?) CN - LP kaw2; LM kaw l; WN kuu J , kuu 6 (latter more frequent); LC, PS kaw l; NM kow l N - Y kUI; Sk kuu 1; WM kaw l ; P kuu l 0495 - wicker hat, DS2 SW - W, B kUp2; Sh kUp4; LNK, LCH, LMY kUpl; CM kUp2 CN - LP COp2; LM ki p3 'cape made of grass'; LC, PS kip2 N - Y cap\ P COp2

122

Cognates

0496 - more than, B2 SW - S, B kwaa2 ; Sh kwaa 2 'to go'; LCH, LMV kwaa2 (also, 'to go past'); CM kwaa3 CN - LP kwaa5 ; LM kwaa2 ; WN kaa2 'away, past'; LC kwaa2 'to pass by'; PS, NM kwaa2 'to pass' N - Y kwa2 ; Sk kwaa6 (OG), kua6 (YG); WM, P kwaa5 ('to pass' in V, WM, and P) 0497 - stuck, A4 SW - S khaa l; W, B kaa4 ; Sh kaa4 'to escape, as an animal pierced by any weapon, and carrying the weapon in its flesh'; LNK khaa6 ; LMY kaa4 CN - LP khaa4 ; LM kaa4 ; WN kaa4 , caa4 ; PS, NM kaa4 N - Y ka4 ; Sk khaa4 0498 - thatch grass, A4, (cf. 0389) SW - S khaa1; W xaa4 ; B kaa4; Sh khaa4 ; LNK khaa6 ; LCH, LMV xaa4 ; CM khaa l CN - LP, LM, WN haa4 ; LC, PS, NM kaa4 N - V ha4 ; Sk )(aa4 ; WM xaa2 ; P haa2 0499 - galangal, kind of root, B1 SW - S khaaz; W xaa 2; B khaa 2 ; LNK khaa 3 ; LCH, LMV xaa2; CM khaa3 CN - LM haa2; WN khaa2 N - V ha2 ; Sk haa6 0500 - price, value, B4, (cf. 0947) SW - S khaa3 ; W, B kaas; Sh kaa3 ; LCH, LMV kaa 5; CM kaa4 CN - LM, WN kaa5 N - V ka5 ; Sk khaa 5 ; WM, P kaa6 0501 -leg, AI, (cf. 0131,1150) SW - S khaa 5; W xaa l; B, Sh, LNK khaa I ; LCH, LMV xaa l; CM khaa 2 CN - LP khaa'; LM khaa ' 'foot'; WN, BV khaa ' ; LC khaa ' 'foot'; PS khaa ' ; NM haa ' N - V ka ' ; Sk kwaa l (OG), kua l (VG); WM haa l; P kaa' 0502 - carrying pole, A4 SW - S khaan l ; W, B, Sh kaan\ LNK khaan 6 ; LCH, LMY kaan 4 ; CM kaanl CN - LP khaan 4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kaan 4 N - Y haan 4 ; Sk )(aan4; WM xaan 2; P haan 2 0503 - chin, A4 SW - S khaal)l; W, B, Sh kaal)4; LNK khaal)6; LCH, LMV kaal)\ CM kaal)l CN - LP khaal)4; LM, WN, LC, NM kaal)4 N - V haal)4; Sk )(aaYJ4; WM xaaYJ2; P haaYJ2

123

Comparative Tai Source Book

0504 - top for spinning, B 1 SW· S khaaT)2; W (maa7 2) chaaT)2; B saaT)2; LNK (maak2) khaT)3; LMY xaaT)2 CN - LP haaT)5 (B4); LM laaT)2; WN chaaT)2; LC, PS haaT)2; NM khyaa112 N • Y caall1; WM raaT)s; P caa115 0505 side, ribs, CI SW - S khaaT»; W chaaT)3; B saaT)3; Sh khaa113; LNK khaaT)4; LCH, LMY xaaT)3 CN - LP haa113; LM laa11 3 ; WN chaa113; LC, PS haa113; NM khyaa113 0506 - to hold in the jaws, DL4 SW - S kh aap 3; W kaap4; B kaap 5; Sh kaap 3; LNK khaaps; LCH, LMY kaap 5 N - Y kaap 5; Sk kh aap 5 0507 - to put out of the mouth, A4 SW - S khaayl; W xaay4; B kaay4; Sh khaal; LNK khaal; LCH, LMY xaal CN - LM, WN haal N - Y haal; Sk )(aal; P haay2 0508 - to sell, A I SW - S khaayS; W xaayl; B khaay'; Sh khaayl; LNK khaay'; LCH, LMY xaayl; CM khaay CN - LP, LM, WN, BV, LC, PS khaay'; NM haayl N - Y kaay'; Sk kwaay' (OG), kuayl (YG); WM haay'; P kaayl 0509 - white, AI, (cf. 1055) SW - S khaaw5 ; W xaaw l ; B khaaw l 'silver-colored'; Sh khaaw1; LNK khaaw ' ; LCH, LMY xaaw l ; CM khaaw2 CN - LP, LM, WN khaaw ' ; LC phnk2 khaaw ' ; PS khaaw 1 N - Y haaw 1; Sk haaw2; WM haaw ' 0510 • dike between rice fields, A4 SW - S khan'; W xan4; B kan 4 ; LNK khan 6 ; CM khan 1 CN - LP khan 4 ; LM han 4 ; WN hen 4 'edge, side'; LC, PS kan 4 ; NM han 4 N - Y han 4 ; Sk )(a1 4 (OG), )(an4 (YG); WM xan 2; P han 3 (C?) 0511 - to sing, DS 1 SW - S khap2; W xap2; B khap2; Sh khap4 'to sing a metrical piece alternately, as a man and woman'; LNK khapl; LCH, LMY xapl N - Sk hap4 0512 - dry, Bl, (cf. 0561) SW - W xaUJ1; B khaUJ2 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS khaUJ2; NM haUJ2 N - Sk kho0 2 (A 1), hww 6 (which is cognate?)

124

Cognates

0513 - they, other people, Al SW - khaw5 ; W chaw l; B saw l; Sh khaw l ; LCH, LMY xaw 1 CN - LP hawl; LM law l ; WN khaw l , thaw l ; LC khyaw 1; PS, NM haw l N - Sk raw2 0514 - dove, Al SW - S (nok4) khaw5; W chaw l ; B saw!; LNK khaw l CN - LM law l ; WN chaw! N - Y raw!; Sk haw2; WM raw!; P law' 0515 - horn (of an animal), Al SW - S khaw 5; W xaw 1; B khaw l ; Sh khaw 1; LNK khaw 1; LCH, LMY xaw l ; CMkhaw CN - WNkhaw l N - Y, Sk, P kaw l 0516 - salty, A4 SW - S khem l ; W kim 4; B kem 4 ; Sh sem4 ; LNK khem 6 ; LCH, LMY cim\ CM kem! CN - LP khim4 ; LC, PS kim4; NM kyom 4 N - Y kem4 , cem4 ; Sk khem 4 0517-hard,Al SW - S khsTJ5; W, B, Sh khETJI; LCH, LMY XETJI CN - LP kheeTJI; LM leeTJI; BV kheETJ!; LC, NM kheeTJI N - Sk thriaTJ2; WM kleTJI; P ceeTJ' 0518 - son-in-law, Al SW - S kh¥¥yS; W kh¥y!; B khwal; Sh khoy!; LNK khy¥y\ LCH, LMY x¥yl CN - LP kh¥Yy!; LM khuul; WN khuyl, khwy!; LC, PS kh¥¥l; NM kuuy4 (A4) N - Y kwal; Sk khool; WM kwj; P kwwi (A4 in N languages) 0519 - accustomed, A4 SW - S kh¥Yyl; B kh¥l; LNK kh¥Y/; LCH, LMY h/; CM hyl N - Sk kh¥¥/ 0520 - to scratch (as chickens do), B I SW - S khia2 ; W khwe 2; B khia2 ; Sh khe 2; LNK khia 3; LCH, LMY xee2 CN - LP vii 2 ; LM IW; WN kee 3 (C2?, probably not cognate) N - Sk khia6 0521 - tripod, A4 SW - S khiaTJ\ khaa s yaaTJ2; W, Sh keTJ4; LCH, LMY xeTJ4 CN - LP khiiTJ4; LM kiiTJ4; WN CiTJ4; LC kiiTJ4 N - Y ciaT]4; Sk khiaT}4; WM kiaTJ2; P ciiT}2 125

Comparative Tai Source Book

0522 - excrement, Cl SW - S khiP; w, B, Sh khj3; LNK khii4; LCH, LMY xiP; CM khii s CN - LP, LM khiP; WN chii 3 ; LC, PS khiP; NM khel N - Y hal; Sk val; WM xal; P hal (C4 in N languages) 0523 - ginger, Al SW - S khiTJ5; W XiTJl; B, Sh, LNK khiTJl; LCH, LMY xiTJl CN - LP, LM khiTJl; WN chiTJl; BY, LC, PS khiTJ1; NM hYTJI N - Y hi'll!; Sk hiiTJ2; P hiTJl 0524 - eggplant, Al SW - S (ma4 ) khwas; W khyl; B khwa l; LNK (maak2) khwa l; LCH, LMY (maak2) XYl{I; CM (ba72) khwa2 CN - LP khnl; LM khww l ; WN kWW4 (A4); PS khww 1 N - Y kwa4 (A4); Sk kee 3 (but khwa 1 khwa4 'tomato', which syllable is cognate with 05247); P kww 4 (A4) 0525 - to grope, feel, A4 SW - S khlam l; W, B cam 4 (caa4); Sh kam4 CN - WN cam4 'to pet' 0526 - dried sweat and dirt on the skin, A4 SW - S (khiP) khlai; B (khj3) kal; Sh khay4; LNK (khii4) khay6; LCH, LMY (xiP) xa/ CN - LM lal; WN ya/; PS na/ N - Y hi4; Sk (val) Vii4; WM xoyl 'dirt'; P hii 2 0527 - to wobble, not firm or tight, A4 SW - S khbon 1; B kon4 ; Sh khon 4; LMY xon 4 CN - LM hoon4 ; WN hon 4 0528 - to lasso, C4 SW - S khboTJ4 (khoOI); B COTJ6 (ko 4); Sh koTJs; LNK khooTJ5; LMY kOTJ6 CN - LM 100'11 6; LC kYOOTJ6 'a loose knot'; PS, NM kYOOTJ6 N - Sk VOOTJ6, tboTJ6, thlooTJ6 (OG), throoTJ6 (YG); WM klYTJ4 0529 - thick (of fluids), CI, (cf. 0595) SW - S khon 3 ; LCH, LMY xun 3 ; CM khanS eN - WNkhon 3 N - Y hun' 0530 - to search, C4 SW - S khon 4; B kon 6; LCH, LMY xun 6 'to awaken someone'; CM khon 6 CN - WN hun s (B4) N - Y hun s (B4); Sk khon 3 (CI 7)

126

Cognates

053 I • body hair, Al SW· S khans; W xun!; B, Sh, LNK khan!; LCH, LMY xun!; CM khon 2 CN . LP, LM khon l ; WN khon!; BY khon l ; LC khun l ; PS khon!; NM hon l N - Y punl; Sk puP (00), pun! (YO); WM pun!; P pwn l 0532 - bitter, Al SW - S khom 5; W khum 1; B, Sh, LNK khom l; LCH, LMY xum 1; CM khom2 CN - LP, LM khom l ; WN kham l; BY khom 1 ; LC khum!; PS khom!; NM hom! N - Y ham 4; Sk yam 4; WM xam2; P ham 2 (A4 in N languages) 0533 - slave; I, Cl, (cf. 0494, 1144) SW - W xoy1; B khoyl; LNK khoo/; LCH, LMY xoy3; CM khooy5 CN - LP, LM khooyl; WN khoyl; LC khooy3 N - Y hoi; Sk hooy6; WM hyi (BI in N languages) 0534 - indigo, A4, (cf. 0958) SW - S khraam 1; W, B caam 4 ; Sh khaam 4 'a tree used for dyeing'; LNK khaam 6; LCH, LMY xaam4 CN - LP chaam4 ; LM laam4 ; WN caam 4 ; LC kyaam 4 (also, laam4 which Li says < Chinese); PS laam 4 ; NM kyaam 4 N - Y saam4 ; Sk khaam4 ; P ~aam2 0535 - discarded snake skin, DL4 SW - S kh raap3; W caap4; B caap5; Sh kh aap 3; LCH, LMY xaap5 CN - LM laap 5; PS kyaap 5 N - Sk thraap 5 0536· sticklac, B4 SW - S khra,,'; Sh kha,,3; LMY xa,,5; CM calls CN - WN ca,,4 (A4) N - Sk thra,,5, tha,,5 0537 - to desire, B4, (cf. 0458, 0460) SW - S khray1; Sh khayl, khaLl.J3; LCH, LMY xay5; CM khal N - WM klal (A4) 0538 - vine, A4, (cf. 0922) SW - S khrwa 1; W Cy4 (cf. 0037); B cwa4 'warp (in weaving)'; Sh khy4; LNK khwa6 ; LCH, LMY xn 4; CM khwa1 CN - LM Iww 4 'lengthwise threads in weaving' N Sk thaa4 (probably not cognate?) 0539 - bunch of bananas, A4 SW - S khrwa 1; W hy4; B hwa4 ; Sh hy4 'a stock or bunch offruit or flowers'; LNK khwa6 ; LCH, LMY hn 4 CN - LM Iww4; WN Iww4 'a banana tree bearing fruit' 127

Comparative Tai Source Book

0540 - half, middle, B4 SW - S khrwT]3; W CWT]5; B c\'T]'; Sh khwT]3; LNK kh\'T]3; LCH, LMY XWT]5 CN - LM liT]5 'to divide in haIr; WN CiT]5 N - Sk thrwT]S, kh\'T]5; WM klaT]6 'to block the road halfway'; P caT]6 0541 - big (tiger), B4, (cf. 0678, 0822) SW - S (swaS) khrooT]3; W (S\,I) CUT]5; B (swat) COT]'; LNK (swa l ) khooT]3; LCH, LMY (sn,l) XUT]s 0542 - entire, complete, DS4 SW - S khrop\ B, Sh kOp5 CN -LM lop4 N - Sk khop6 0543 - kitchen, A4 SW - S khrua l ; B cua4; Sh kh0 4 'clothes, goods, property'; LNK khua6 ; LCH, LMY xo0 4 N - Sk thrua4 'family' 0544 - bridge, AI, (cf. 0952) SW - W khol; B khua l ; Sh kho\ LNK khua1 ; LCH, LMY xoo l ; CM khua2 N - Sk khaw4 (A4, cognate?) 0545 - cycle, year, DLl, (cf. 0626) SW - S, B khuapz; Sh khop2; LNK khuap2; LCH, LMY XOOp2 CN - LP, LM khuup2; WN khup2; LC, PS khuup2; NM khup2 N - Sk khuap 6, thruap6 (hypercorrection for khuap 6); P hoopS 0546 - hole, pit, AI, (cf. 0038, 0318) SW - S khum\ W, B, Sh, LNK khum 1 ; LCH, LMY xum l ; CM khum2 CN - LP, LM khom 1; WN, BV, LC khum 1; PS khom l ; NM kom4 (A4) N - Y kum4; Sk khum\ WM, P kum2 (A4 in N languages) 0547 - pair, B4 SW - S khuu 3; W ku s 'comrade'; B ku 5; Sh ku 3 ; LNK khuu 3; LCH, LMY kuu 5; CM kuu 4 CN - LP khu1I 5; LM kow s; WN, LC, PS kuu 5; NM koo s N - Y ku 5 ; P kuu 6 0548 - sharpened stake, DLl, (cf. 0554) SW - S khwaak2; W khaa?2; B khwaa?2; Sh khwaak2; LNK khuak2 ; LCH, LMY xwaak2 CN - LP kuuk 5 'hoe' (DL2); LM kUllk 2 'hoe', vaak2 'sharpened stake'; WN khaak2; LC kllUk 2 'hoe' (Li regards all these as cognates; probably the words for 'hoe' are not) N - Y vaak2 ; Sk khwaak6 128

Cognates

0549 - axe, A I SW - S khwaan 5; W, B khwaan ' ; Sh khwaan ' 'a thunderbolt'; LNK khuan ' (homonymous with 0171); LCH, LMY kwaan ' CN - LM khwaan l (rare); WN khaan 1 N - Y vaanl; Sk vaan 2 ; P vaan l 0550 - nephew, niece; grandchild, Al SW - S laans ; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY laan ' ; CM laan2 CN - LP, LM, WN laan ' ; BY laan2 ; LC, PS, NM laan! N - Y laanl; Sk laan2 ; WM, P laan! 0551 - below, B4 SW - S laa'll3; W, B laa'll5 'space beneath an elevated house'; Sh laa'll3 'space beneath an elevated house'; LNK laa'll3; LCH, LMY (tat) laa'll5 'underneath a house' CN - LP, LM laa'll5 'a pen'; WN laa'll2 (B?) 'space below'; LC laa'll5 'space beneath an elevated house' N - Sk Iua'll5 0552 - to rinse, wash, C4, (cf. 0325, 1116) SW - S laa'll4; W, B Jaa'll6; Sh, LNK laa'll5; LCH, LMY, CM Iaa'll6 CN - LP laa'll3; LM, WN, LC, NM laa'll6 N - Y rwa'll6; Sk Iaa'll6; WM rwa'll4; P Iww'll4 0553 - saliva, A4 SW - S laayl; W laal; B (sa) laal; LNK laal; LCH, LMY laa/; CM laayl CN - LP laal; LM, WN naal; LC, PS, NM laay4 N - Y naay4; Sk mlaa/; WM mlaay2; P naayl 0554 - a stake, DSI, (cf. 0548) SW - S, W, B lak!; Sh lak4; LNK, LCH, LMY lakl; CM lak 2 CN - LP lak 2; LM lak3 ; WN lak 6; PS lak3 (tone?); NM lak4 N - Y lak 3 ; Sk lak4 0555 - back, Al SW - S la'll5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY la'll!; CM la'll2 CN - LP, LM, WN la'lll; BY la'll!; LC, PS, NM la'll' N - Y la'll'; Sk laTJ2; WM, PIa'll! 0556 - to sharpen (a knife), DS4, (cf. 0463, 0560,1089, 1107) SW - S, W lap4; B, Sh lapS; LNK lap 3; LCH, LMY lapS N - Sk Jap 6 0557 - to tell, B4 SW - S law3 ; W, B lawS; Sh, LNK law3 ; LCH, LMY, CM lawS N - Sk 1005 (cognate?) 129

Comparative rai Source Book

0558 - body louse, A4 SW - S len l; B, Sh men4 ; LNK len 6 ; LeH, LMY min4 CN - LP, LM min4 ; WN man 4 ; LC, PS min4 ; NM men4 N - Y nan 4 ; Sk mlEI4 (OG), mlw4 (YG); WM nan 2 0559 - to exchange, DL4 SW - S lEEk3 ; W IE4; B IE7 5 ; Sh IEk 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY lEEks; CM IEek4 N - Y le l (DS4) 0560 - sharp-pointed, AI, (cf. 0463, 0556,1089,1107) SW - S IEEms; W, B, Sh IEm'; LNK IEem!; LCH, LMY leml CN - LP fiim 3 ; LM siim3 ; WN lem l; LC, PS fHm 3 ; NM tom' (CI in LP, LM, LC, PS) N - Y lem l; Sk lem 2 'to sharpen', leEm2 'sharp-pointed' 0561 - dry (of weather, season), C4, (cf. 0512) SW - S lee,,4; W, B le,,6; Sh IE"s; LNK lee"s; LCH, LMY le,,6; CM lee,,6 CN - LP lee,,3; LM iee,,6; WN le,,6; LC, PS, NM lee,,6 N - Y re,,6; Sk leE,,6; WM re,,4; P lee,,4 0562 - finished, C4 SW - S lEEW\ B IEW6 ; LNK IEEW 5 ; LCH, LMY lew6 ; CM Izew6 CN - LP leew3; LM leew6 ; WN lew6 ; PS leew l (C?) N - Y lew6; Sk IEew6; WM liaw4 0563 - to lick, A4 SW - S lial; W le 4 ; B lia4 ; Sh le 4 ; LNK lia6 ; LCH, LMY lee 4 ; CM lial CN - LP lii4; LM lel; LC, PS, NM lii4 N - Y ria4 ; Sk lia4; WM ri 2 ; P lie 0564 - monkey, A4 SW - S li"l; W, B, Sh 1i,,4; LNK li,,6; LCH, LMY li,,4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS 1i,,4; NM hl,,4 N - Y 1i,,4; Sk Iii,,4 0565 - to be left over, Al SW - S Iwas; W hr\ B Iwa l; Sh Iyl; LNK Iwa l; LCH, LMY 1vyl; CM Iwa2 CN - LP )vv l; LM, WN Iww l ; PS, NM Iww 2 (B?) N - Y Iwa l; Sk lua2 ; WM IWI; P IWWI 0566 - python, Al SW - S (l1uu l ) Iwams; W ("u 4) Ivml; B (tal) Iwam l; Sh Ivml; LNK ("uu6 ) Iwam l ; LCH, LMY ("uu 4) Ivm l CN - WN num l N - Y (tua4) nuam l

130

Cognates

0567 - yellow, Al SW - S IwaTJ5; W IYTJ1; B IwaTJ1; Sh JYTJ1; LNK lwaTJI; LCH, LMY IYTJ\ CM IwaTJ2 eN - LP )YYTJI; WN lWTJI (usual word is hen 3); LC, PS IY¥TJ\ NM lwwTJl N - Sk vaaTJ4 (A4, cognate?) 0568 - gadfly, DLl SW - S lwap2; W ly?2; B Iwa?2; Sh lyk 2; LNK Iwap2; LCH, LMY lyyk 2 CN - LM nwwk2 ; WN lyt 2 N - Y Iwak 2 ; Sk Iwap 6 0569 - the wind, A4 SW - S lom l ; W lum 4 ; B, Sh lom4 ; LNK lom6 ; LCH, LMY lum4 ; CM lom l CN - LP, LM lom\ WN lam 4 ; LC lum4 ; PS, NM lom 4 N - Y rum\ Sk lum4 ; WM rum1 ; P lum 2 0570 - to sink into mud, B 1 SW - S 10m2 'mud'; W lum 2 ; B 10m2 'low place'; Sh 10m2 ; LNK 10m 3 'muddy place in a road'; LCH, LMY lum 2 'to step into (mud, a hole, etc.)'; CM 10m3 CN - LM 10m2 ; WN lam 2 'to step into (mud, a hole)' N - Y lam 2 'to sink'; WM lom s, lom l ; P bm s 0571 - to go down, A4 SW - S 10,,1; W IUTJ4; B, Sh 10,,4; LNK 10,,6; LCH, LMY IUTJ4; CM 10,,1 CN - LP nOTJ4; LM \0,,4; WN 10,,4; LC nu,,4; PS, NM no,,4 N - Y rOTJ4; Sk 1::rrJ 4; WM ro"z; P 10,,2 0572 - to cast (metal), Bl SW - S 1002; W, B, Sh 102 ; LNK 100 3; LCH, LMY 1002 CN - WN 1002 'to pour' 0573 - wheel, C4 SW - S 1004 ; W 106 'spool'; Sh 105 'cart'; LNK 100 5 'cart, wheel'; LCH, LMY 100 6 'cart; wheel'; CM 100 6 'oxcart' N - Sk 1003 'oxcart' (C?, probably < Lao); P luu 4 'to roll' 0574 - firewood, AI, (cf. 0462) SW - W 10 1; B lua l ; Sh 10 1; LNK lua l 'bamboo used for firewood'; LCH, LMY 100 1; CM lua2 CN - WN luu l 'small pieces of bamboo for firewood' N - Sk lua2 'bamboo firewood'

131

Comparative Tai Source Book

0575 - loose-fitting, Al SW - S Iuams; W 10m!; B luam!; Sh 10m!; LNK lom l (modern luam!); LCH, LMY lum ' N - Y lom l ; WM Iym l 0576 - uncle, older brother of either parent, A4 SW - S IU1)!; W, B, Sh IU1)4; LNK IU1)6; LCH, LMY lU1)4; CM IU1)1 CN - LP, LM 101)4; WN, LC IUTJ4; PS, NM IOTJ4 N - Sk IUTJ4; WM, P IU1l 2 0577 - to soak, B 1, (cf. 0770) SW - S, W, B maa2 ; Sh maa2 'to soak in liquor'; LNK maa3 ; LCH, LMY maa1 ; CM maa3 CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM maa2 N - Y ma2; Sk maa6; P maa2 (A4) 0578 - to increase, Cl SW - W maa3; B maaJ 'interest, profit' CN - LP, LM maa3 ; WN maa1 'to rise, of water'; LC, PS maa3 N - Y mal; P maa3 0579 - classifier for tools, DL4 SW - W maa\ ma7 2, maar; B maa7 s; Sh maak 3 CN - LP, LM, WN maak s; LC maak4; PS, NM maak s N - Y faak s; Sk maaks, maak6 ; WM faak 6 0580 - to mark; to intend, aim, Al SW - S maal; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY maayl; CM maay2 CN - LM, WN maay! N - Y maay!; Sk maaf; P maay! 0581 - to like, DS4 SW - S mak4 'to be inclined to'; W mak4 ; B, Sh mak s; LNK mak3 ; LMY mak 5 ; CM mak6 N - Sk mak 6

0582 - he, it, A4 SW - S man!; W, B, Sh man 4 ; LNK man 6 ; LCH, LMY man4 ; CM man! CN - LP min 4 ; WN man4 ; LC myn4 ; PS min4; NM men! N - Sk man 4 0583 - potato, A4 SW - S man!; W, B man 4 ; Sh man4 'sweet potato'; LNK man6 ; LCH, LMY man 4 ; CM man! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS man4 N - Y, Sk man 4; P man 2 132

Cognates

0584 - oil, A4, (cf. 1076) SW - S man l ; B, Sh man 4; LNK man6 ; LCH, LMY man 4; CM man l N - Sk man 4 0585 - porcupine, CI SW - S men 3 ; W min 3 ; B, Sh men 3 ; LNK men4 ; LCH, LMY min 3; CM mens CN - LP, LM min 3 ; WN man3 ; LC min 3 ; PS min 6 (C4); NM men' N - Sk man), men 3 0586 - to have, A4 SW - S miil; W, B, Sh mi 4 ; LNK mii 6 ; LCH, LMY mii4; CM mii l CN - LP mii 4; LM mey4; WN, LC, PS mii4; NM mel N - Y mi 4; Sk mii 4 ; WM mf; P mif 0587 - ditch, Al SW - S mwaTJ5 'a mine'; W mYTJI; B mwaTJI; Sh m¥TJI 'a dam'; LNK mwaTJI 'a mine'; LCH, LMY m¥TJI; CM mwaTJ2 CN - LP mnTJ!; LM mwwTJI; \VN mWTJI; LC m¥¥TJI (current in the countryside); PS m¥¥TJI N - Sk mwaTJI; WM mwaTJI 0588 - you, A4 SW - S mWTJI; W, B mWTJ4; Sh maUj4; LNK mWTJ6; LCH, LMY mWTJ4; CM mWTJ! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS maUj4; NM maTJI N - Y, Sk mWTJ4; P mWTJ2 0589 - mango, B4 SW - S muaTJ3; W mOTJs; B muaTJ5; LNK muaTJ3; LCH, LMY m0115; CM muaTJ4 (in each language preceded by the word for 'fruit') CN - WN mOllS N - Y m0115; Sk mia'll5 0590 - pig, Al SW - S muu 5; W, B, Sh mu!; LNK, LCH, LMY muu l ; CM muu 2 CN - LP muu!; LM mow!; \VN muu!; BY muu 2; LC, PS muu l ; NM now l N - Y mu l ; Sk muu 2; WM maw l; P muu l 0591 - mucus of the nose, DL4 SW - S muuk 3 ; W mu?4; B mu?5; LNK, LCH, LMY muuk 5 CN - LP mok s; LM mook s; WN muks; LC muk4 ; PS mok4 (DS4); NM muuk s N - Y muk! (DS4); Sk muuk 5; WM muks (DL?); P muk 3 (DS4)

133

Comparative rai Source Book

0592 - face, Cl SW - S, W, B, Sh naa3 ; LNK naa4 ; LCH, LMY naa3 ; CM naa 5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naa3 N - Y na3; Sk, WM, P naa3 0593 - crossbow, CI 5W - 5, W, B naa3 ; LNK naa 4 ; LMY naa3 CN - WN naa3 N - Y nwa3 ; Sk nua3 0594 - mother's younger sibling, C4 SW - 5 naa4 ; W, B naa 6 ; Sh na 5 ; LNK naa 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM naa6 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS naa 5 (B4 in CN languages) N - Y na6 ; Sk naa6 (C4 in N languages) 0595 - thick, AI, (cf. 0529) SW - S naa5 ; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY naa l ; CM naa2 CN - LP, LM, WN naa1 ; BV naa2; LC, PS, NM naa l N - Y na l; Sk naa2 ; WM, P naa l 0596 - otter, DL4 SW - S naak\ W naa4 ; B naa7 5 CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM naak 5 N - Y naak s; Sk naak 5; WM naak6 0597 -long (of time), A4, (cf. 0975, 1058, 1155) SW - S naan l ; W, B, Sh naan 4 ; LNK naan 6 ; LCH, LMY naan 4 CN - LM, WN naan 4 N - Y naan 4 ; WM naan 2; p naan2 0598 - bored, B1, (cf. 0411,1041 ) SW S, W, B naay2; LNK naay; LCH, LMY naayl; CM naay CN - LP, LM, LC naayl 'tired' N - Y naayl; Sk naa/; WM nwaa/; P naa/ ('tired' in all four languages) 0599 - to soften over a fire, B4 SW - S naay3; B na/; Sh nal; LCH, LMY nayS; CM nal 0600 - skin, Al SW - S na115; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY nal1l; eM na112 eN - LP, LM, WN nal1\ BV na112; Le, PS, NM naTl I N - Y naTl\ Sk na112; WM, P naTJI

134

Cognates

0601 - in, inside, A4 SW - S nay!; W, B naUj4 'yonder'; Sh naUj4; LNK naY;; LCH, LMY nal; CM nay! CN - LP daUj2 (A3); LM naUj4; WN, LC, PS, NM daUj! (A3) N - Y daUj\ Sk f¥¥!; WM 7daUj!; P naUj6 (A3 in N languages) 0602 - rotten, B4 SW - S naw3; W, B naws; Sh, LNK naw3; LCH, LMY naw 5; CM naw4 CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM naw s N - Y, Sk naws; WM, P naw6 0603 - tough, sticky, AI, (cf. 1030) SW - S niaw5; W new!; B niaw l ; Sh new!; LNK niaw l ; LCH, LMY newl CN -LM neew l N - Y niaw 1; Sk niawz 0604 - to pinch or hold in claws, under the arm, OLl, (cf. 0139) SW - S niip2; W, B nipz; Sh ni p3 (OL4); LNK, LMY niip2 CN - LP nip2 'to pick up with chopsticks'; LC nipz 'to pinch, to take with chopsticks' N - Y nip) (OS I); Sk niip6 (said to be < Lao) 0605 - pangolin, B4 SW - S nim 3; W, B lins; Sh, LNK lin); LCH, LMY lin s CN - LP, LM, WN Iin s; NM lenS N - Y lin5; Sk 1iI5 (OG), lin s (YG); WM lin 6 0606 - meat, flesh, C4 SW - S nwa4 ; Sh n¥5; LNK nwa 5 ; LCH, LMY n¥¥6 (also called cin 6) eN - LP nn 3 ; LM, WN nww 6 ; LC, PS, NM nww6 N - Y nos; Sk mb0 5 ; WM n¥6; P no0 6 (B4 in N languages) 0607 - above, north, AI, (cf. 0414, 0808) SW - S nwa 5; W n¥l; B nwa ' ; Sh n¥l; LNK nwa l; LCH, LMY m..¥I; eM nwa2 eN - LP n¥¥I; LM, WN nww l ; BV nwwz; Le, PS, NM nww l 0608 - tired, B I SW - S nway2; W n¥l; B nwal; Sh nol; LNK nwal; LCH, LMY n¥y2 eN - WNnwy2 0609 - worm, Al SW - S noons; W, B non l ; Sh nonl 'maggot'; LNK noon l ; LMY non!; eM no::m 2 eN - LP, LM noon l ; WN non l ; Le, PS, NM noon! N - Y non!; Sk nooF (OG), noon 2 (YG); WM n¥nl; P noon l

135

Comparative Tai Source Book

0610 - younger sibling, C4 SW - S nooT]4; W, B nOT]6; Sh nOT]5; LNK nooT]5; LCH, LMY nOT]6; CM nooT]6 CN - LP nooT]3; LM nooT]6; WN nOT]6; LC, PS, NM nooT]6 N - Y, Sk nuaT]6; WM nuaT]4; P nuuT]4 0611 - deaf, DLl SW - S nuak 2 ; W n07 2 ; B nua7 2 ; Sh nok 2 ; LNK nuak2 ; LCH, LMY nook2 CN - LP, LM nuuk 2 ; WN nuk 2 ; LC, PS, NM nuuk2 N - Y nuk 3 (DS I); Sk nuuk6; WM nuk 5; P nuk2 (DS 1) 0612 - young, Bl SW - S num 2 (only of men); W, B num 2, nom 2; Sh num 2 ; LNK num 3; LCH, LMY num 2 ; CM num 3 N - Sk num 6 (said to be < Lao) 0613 - kapok, B4, (cf. 0215) SW - S nun 3 ; W, B nuns; Sh, LNK nun 3 ; LMY nuns N - Y nuns; Sk nun6 (C4, said to be < Lao) 0614 - to support, as with a pillow, Al SW - S nuns; W, B, Sh mun l ; LNK nun l , muun l ; LCH, LMY nun l , mun l N - Sk muun 2 0615 - rat, mouse, Al SW - S nuu s; W, B, Sh nul; LNK, LCH, LMY nuu l; CM nuu 2 CN - LP nuu!; LM now!; WN nuu l ; BV nuu 2; LC, PS nuu l ; NM now l N - Y nul; Sk nuu 2; WM naw l; P nuu! 0616 - elephant's tusk, ivory, A4 SW - S T]aa!; W, B, Sh T]aa4; LNK T]aa6; LCH, LMY T]aa4; CM T]aa l CN - LP yaa4; LM T]aa4, yaa4 ; WN T]aa4; PS yaa4 N - Y T]a4 ; Sk T]aa4 0617 - sesame, A4 SW - S T]aa!; W, B, Sh T]aa4 ; LNK T]aa6 ; LCH, LMY T]aa4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS T]aa4; NM haa4 N - Y T]a4, ra 4; WM raa2; PT]aa2 0618 - (to lie) face up, Al SW - S T] aay 5; W, B haayl; Sh T]aayl, haayl 'to turn back or over'; LNK, LCH, LMY T]aayl CN - LM haayl; WN T]aayl N - Y haayl; Sk T]aay2

136

Cognates

0619 - central root, C 1 SW - S TJaw3 ; W, B haw3 ; Sh TJaw3 'bottom, foundation, origin'; LNK TJaw4 ; LCH, LMY TJaWJ CN - WN TJaWJ 'stem (offruit)' 0620 - to tilt the head back, Al SW - S TJeen5; W, B hen l; Sh TJen l 'to look up to, depend upon', hen I 'to turn up the face, to look up'; LNK Im:n l (modern TJeen l); LMY TJen l 0621 - mythical water creature, DL4 SW - S TJwak3; W TJy4 ; B TJwa?5; Sh TJ¥k3 'an alligator, crocodile'; LNK TJwak5; LCH, LMY TJ¥Yk 5 CN - LP hvyk 5; LM TJwwk s; WN TJvks; LC TJvyk4; PS TJ¥¥ks N - Y TJwak 5; Sk TJuak5; P TJWWk6 0622 - crippled, B4 SW - S TJoi; w, B TJoy5; LNK TJool 'lame'; LCH TJoy5; LMY TJoy5 'paralyzed' 0623 - mouth, DL2, (cf 1158) SW - S paak2; W, B paa12 'to speak'; Sh paak2 'to speak; mouth'; LNK paak 2; LCH, LMY paak 2 'to speak' but 'mouth' in certain contexts; usual word is SOpl; CM paak3 'to speak, mouth' CN - LP paak5; LM, WN, LC, PS paak 2; NM paak2, paa7 2 N - Y paak2; Sk paak6; WM, P paak s 0624 - kind of small frog, DL2 SW - S (ta 2) paat2; W (kap2) paaf; B paat2; LNK (ta-) paaf; LMY (xeer2) paaf CN - LP paat5 ; LM, PS paat2 ; NM paa1 2 N - Y paat2 0625 - to revolve, spin, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pan2; LNK pan3; LCH, LMY pan2; CM pan3 CN - LP pans; LM, WN pan 2; LC, PS, NM pan 2 N - Y pan 2 ; Sk pin6 ; panl, pal6 (OG), pan6 (YG) 'to spin (cotton)'; P pans 0626 - year, A2, (cf. 0545) SW - S pii 1; W, B, Sh pP; LNK pji2; LCH, LMY piP; CM pjj2 CN - LP pjj2; LM peyl; WN pHI; BY pii 2 ; LC, PS piil; NM peyl N - Y pjl; Sk pii l; WM pil; P pii l 0627 - banana blossom, A2 SW - S pliil; W, B, Sh pi l; LNK pij2; LCH, LMY pjjl; CM pi? CN - LP piP; LM peyl; LC, PS pii l; NM peyl N - Sk pliil (OG), priil (YG); P pjjl

137

Comparative Tai Source Book

0628 - bark, shell, DL2 SW - S plwak2; W py7 2; B pwa7 2; Sh pYk2 ; LNK pwak 2; LCH, LMY pyyk2; CM pwak 3 CN - LP pyyk 5 ; LM pWWk2; WN pik2 ; LC, PS pYYk2; NM pwwk2 N - Sk plaak 6 (OG), praak" (YG); WM plwk s (pluk 5?) 0629 - naked, A2 SW - S plwai; B pwai; Sh poy'; LNK pway2; LCH Pyy'; LMY pyi, poy!; CM pway2 N - Skpwai 0630 - lung, DL2 SW - S poot2; W, B, Sh poe; LNK, LCH, LMY pooe CN - LP pvtS; LM pve (DS2); WN poe; LC, PS pvt2 ; NM poot2 N - Y pue; WM put 5; P pwtl (DS2 in N languages) 0631 - to be graciously pleased, DL2 SW - S prooe; LNK pooe; LCH, LMY phooe; CM phoot3 N - Sk phoot6 0632 - crab, A2 SW - S puu'; W, B, Sh pu'; LNK puu 2 ; LCH, LMY puu'; CM puu2 CN - LP puu 2 ; LM pow'; WN, LC, PS puu'; NM pow l N - Y, Sk pawl 0633 - cliff, rock, Al SW - S phaa5 ; W phaa l; B faa l ; LNK, LCH, LMY phaa 1; CM phaa2 CN - LP, LM phyaa'; WN phaa1; LC, PS, NM phyaa l N - Sk phraa2 ; WM plaa'; P pyaa l 0634 - forehead, DLl SW - S phaak2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY phaak2 CN - LP, LM phyaak2; WN phaak2; LC, PS, NM phyaak2 N - Y pyaak2; Sk phraak 6; WM plaak5; P pyaak5 0635 - to walk, CI SW - S phaal (usual word is dvYn'); W phaal; Sh phaal 'to go'; LCH, LMY phaal 'to pass' CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM phyaal N - Y pyaayl; WM plaay3; P pyaay3 0636 - to rest, DS4 SW - S phak4; LMY phak5 ; CM phak6 CN - LP phak 5; LM pak4; LC pak4 'tired, fatigue'

138

Cognates

0637 - to collapse, A4 SW - S pha't']l; B, Sh pa't']4; LNK pha't']6; LCH, LMY pa't']4 CN - LM pa't']4 0638 - to burn (transitive), AI, (cf. 0212) SW - S phaws; W phaw1; B faw l ; Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY phaw 1 CN - LM phyaw 1; WN phaw! N - Y piaw l ; Sk phraw2; WM plaw!; P pyaw l 0639 - spicy hot, DSl, (cf. 0890, 1065) SW - S, W phet2; B fee; Sh phet4; LNK, LCH, LMY phee; CM phet2 CN - LP phit2; LM phyae; WN phat6 ; LC phit2 ; PS phee N - Sk phet4 (said to be < Siamese) 0640 - expensive, A4 SW - S ph££l1l; W, B p£'t']4; Sh p£'t']4 'to put away'; LNK phEE116; LCH, LMY P£114; CM pEE't'] I CN - LP phee't']4; LM pee't']4; WN pel'j4; LC, NM pee114 N - Y pe't']4; Sk phEE114; P peel'j2 0641 - ghost, AI, (cf. 0849) SW - S phii 5; W phil; B fi'; Sh phil; LNK, LCH, LMY phii'; CM phiF CN - LP phii'; LM pheyl; WN, LC, PS phiil; NM pheyl N - Sk phiil (in certain phrases; usual word is maa't']4) 0642 - taro, DLl SW - S phwak2; B fwa?2; Sh ph¥k2 ; LNK phwakl; LCH, LMY ph¥¥k2 ; CM phwak3 CN - LP phnk2; LM phywwk2; WN phik2; LC ph¥¥k2 'kind of potato'; PS ph¥¥k 2 ; NM phywwk2 N - Y pwak 2 ; WM plwak5; P piik 5 0643 - to slip and fall, DL4 SW - S phlaae; W phaat4; B piflaat5 ; Sh phaae 'to go by, pass by' CN - LM pyaatS; LC pyaat4 N - Y pyaat5; Sk thl¥¥t5 (00), thr¥¥t5 (YO); P pyaat6 0644 - enough, A4, (cf. 1000) SW - S ph:>:>!; W, B, Sh p:>4; LNK ph:>:>6; LCH, LMY p:>04; CM p:>:>! N - Sk ph:>:>4 0645 - thin (not fat), AI, (cf. 0405) SW - S ph:>om 5 ; W ph:>ml; B f:>ml; Sh yom!; LNK pho:>ml; LCH, LMY yom! (both places also have phom l in certain expressions); CM phoom 2 CN - LM yooml; WN phom l ; LC phyoom! N - Y pyom!; Sk phroom 2 ; WM ph'ml; P pyoom l 139

Comparative Tai Source Book

0646 - big knife, machete, C4 SW - S phraa4 ; W, B paa6 ; Sh pha5 ; LNK phaa5 ; LCH, LMY phaa6 (general term for knife) CN - LP phyaa); LM pyaa6 ; WN paa6 ; LC, PS, NM pyaa6 N - Y sa6 ; Sk thaa6 ; WM, P saa4 0647 - to separate, DL4 SW - S phraak3 ; W paa?4; B paa7 s; Sh phaak3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY phaak5 ; CM phaak4 CN - LP phyaak5; LM pyaak5; LC pyaak4; PS pyaak5 N - Y pyaak5; WM plaak6 ; P pyaak6 0648 - to deceive, A4 SW - S phraafll; Sh phaafl4 'unsubstantial, empty, void; unable to see' (last meaning cognate with S faafl1, 1154); LNK phaafl6 'to conceal'; LCH, LMY phaafl4 CN - LM pyaafl4; LC pyaafl4 (current in the countryside) N - P pyaafl2 0649 - common people, 84 SW - S phray3; W, B pal; LCH, LMY phay5 CN - LM pyal 0650 - late meal, A4 SW - S phraw1 (obsolete); LCH, LMY phaw4 CN - LP phyaw4; LM pyaw4 ; WN paw\ LC, PS, NM pyaw4 N - Y saw4; WM, P sa\y2 0651 - silk cloth, A4 SW - S phm:l; W, B pe 4 ; Sh phe 4 'satin'; LNK phee6 ; LCH, LMY phee 4 , hee4 0652 - pepper, DS4 SW - S phrik4; LNK phik3 ; LCH, LMY phik5 ; CM phik6 0653 - altogether, C4 SW - S phroom 4 ; W, B pom6 ; Sh phoms; LNK phoom5 ; LCH, LMY phom6 ; CM phoom6 N - Sk phroom 6 ; P som4 0654 - half gone, partly empty, 84 SW - S phrofl3; LNK phoofl3; CM phOTJ4 'some' CN - LP phyooTJ\ LM Pyoofl5; WN POTJ 5 'hair; LC pYOOTJ5 'half'; PS PyooTJ 5 N - Y Pyofl5 'halffull'; Sk phrooTJS, phroTJ5 (fast speech); P PYOOTJ 6

140

Cognates 0655 - tomorrow, DL4 (?) SW - S phrufl3 (nii4) (?); B pu7 s; Sh phuk3 ; LCH, LMY phuk 5 CN - LP phyokS, chok 5; LM cok 5; WN p¥k 5; LC pyuk\ PS pyok5; NM tuukS N - Y sok 5 ; Sk th:J:Jk 5 ; WM s¥k6 ; P sook6 0656 - husband, Al SW - S phua5 ; W phOl; B fua!; Sh pho'; LNK phua 1; LCH, LMY phoo!; CM phua2 CN - WN phuu! 0657 - mountain, A4, (cf. 0778, 1002) SW - S phuu!; W, B pu4 ; LNK phuu 6 ; LCH, LMY puu 4 0658 - person, CI, (cf. 0145) SW - S phuu}; W phu3 ; B fu 3; Sh phu}; LNK, LCH, LMY phuu 3; CM phuus CN - LP phuu3 ; LM phow); WN phuu}; LC puu}; PS phuu 3; NM phow3 N - Y pu6 ; Sk phuu6 ; WM paw4 (C4 in N languages) 0659 - to tie, DLl, (cf. 0210, 0839) SW - S phuuk2; W phu7 2; B fu7 2 ; Sh phuk2; LNK phuuk2 CN - LP phok2; LM phyok3; WN phuk6 ; LC phuk2 (DSl in LP, LM, WN, LC); PS phok2; NM suuk2 N - Y suk! (DS4) 0660 - to vomit, DL4 SW - S raak 3 ; W haa4 ; B haa7 s; Sh haak3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY haak s; CM haak4 CN - LP faak 5; LM laak 5; LC faak 4; PS, NM faak 5 N - Y, Sk ruak 5 ; WM ruak6 0661 - bran, A4, (cf. 1118) SW - S ram!; W, B, Sh ham4 ; LNK ham6 ; LCH ham 4 (literary \am4); LMY ham4 CN - LP fam 4 ; LM lam4 ; WN oam 4 ; LC -tam 4 'pig feed', -tams 'bran'; PS, NMfam4 N - Y, Sk ram 4 ; WM ram 2 ; P lam 2 0662 - chicken louse, A4 SW - S rayl; B hal; LNK hal; LCH, LMY hal CN - LP fal; LM Jay4; WN oay4; LC, PS f ay4; NM lel N - Y ri4; Sk rii 4; WM roi; P lii 2 0663 - first, DL4 SW - S reek\ B he7 5; LNK, LMY heek 5; CM heek 3

14J

Comparative Tai Source Book

0664 - rhinoceros, DL4 SW - S rEEt 3; W hd; B hEe; Sh hEe; LNK hEEt5 (modern IEEe): LCH, LMYhed N - Y retS; Sk rEEt S 0665 - long, A4, (cf. 0729) SW - S rijl (usual word is yaaw l); W, B, Sh hi4; LNK hii 6 'oval' CN - LP 'i-ii4; LM ley4; WN oii 4 ; LC, PS 'i-ii4; NM Iel N - Y, Sk ral; WM raf; P lay2 0666 - track, footprint, A4 SW - S r~~i; W, B, Sh h~y4; LNK h~:>y6; LCH, LMY h:>l (literary 10/); CM h:>oyl CN - LP 'i-ooy4; LM lool; WN ool; PS fooy4 N - Y ri4; Sk rii4; P Iii 2, IwiF 0667 - ear of rice, A4 SW - S ruaTJI; W hOTJ4; B huaTJ\ Sh hOTJ4; LCH hOTJ4 CN - LM luu1l 4 ; WN OUTJ4; LC, PS 'i-uu1l4 N - Sk rua1l4; WM rwaTJ2; P Iwwlll (A I?) 0668 - rainbow, A4? SW - S ru1l4 (C4); W (phP) hUT'l4 (A4); B (tal) hUT'l4 (A4); Sh h01l4 (A4); LNK hUT'l5, luT'ls (C4); LCH hU1l6 (C4, literary lUT'l4); LMY hUT'l6 (C4, literary ruTJ6); CN - WN OUTJ4 (A4) N - Sk rooTJ4 (A4) 0669 - pestle, DLI SW - S saak2 ; W, B saa7 2 ; Sh shaak 2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY saak2 ; CM saak3 CN - LP faak 2; LM, WN saak 2 ; LC, PS, NM -taak2 N - Y 8aak2 ; Sk saak6 ; WM 8aak5; P laak 5 'to pound' 0670 - carcass, DL4 SW - S saak3 ; W saa7 4 ; B saa7 5 ; Sh shaak3 'to remain, be left'; LNK saak5 ; LCH, LMY saak 5 'remains offood' CN - WN saak5 0671 - three, Al SW - S saam 5; W, B saam l ; Sh shaam l; LNK, LCH, LMY saam!; CM 5aam2 CN - LP 'l-aam l ; LM, WN saam\ BV faam 2 ; LC, PS, NM 'i-aam l N - Y 8aam l ; Sk saam 2 ; WM 8aam l ; P'l-aam l

142

Cognates

0672 - to weave (baskets, mats), A I, (cf. 0691) SW - S saan 5 ; W, B saan l ; Sh shaan l ; LCH, LMY saan l ; CM saan 2 CN - LP +aan l ; LM, WN saanl; LC, PS, NM 4aan l N - Y 8aan!; Sk saan 2 ; WM 8aan l ; P 4aan l 0673 - to tattoo, DS 1 SW - S, W, B sak 2; Sh shak4 'to strike repeatedly, with a short quick motion'; LCH, LMY sakI N - Sk sak4 0674 - to blow the nose, B 1 SW - S, W, B saTJ2; Sh shaTJ2 'to instruct'; LNK saTJ4 (CI); LCH, LMY saTJ2 CN - LP 4aTJ2; LM, WN saTJ2; LC 4aTJ5 'to bid, to order'; NM 4aTJ! (A?) N - Y eaTJ2; Sk saTJ6; WM eaTJs; P 4aTJs 0675 - pillar, AI, (cf. 1108) SW - S saw5; W, B saw!; Sh shaw!; LNK, LCH, LMY saw l ; CM saw2 CN - WN saw!; LC 4aw l , 4iiw!; NM +aWl N - Y eaw!; WM saUj4 (C4, Li says < Chinese); P 4aw l 0676 -light, AI, (cf. 1081) SW - S SEETJ5; W SETJI 'jewel'; B SETJI 'light,jewel'; Sh ShETJ! 'a precious stone'; LNK SEETJI; LCH, LMY SETJI 'jewel' N - Sk SEETJ2 0677 - four, B 1 SW - S sii 2 ; W, B sf; Sh shi 2 ; LNK sii 3 ; LCH, LMY sie; CM sii3 CN - LP 4ii 2 ; LM sey; WN sii 2 ; LC, PS 4if; NM 4ey N - Y 8f; Sk sii 6; P 4ii 5 0678 - tiger, AI, (0541, 0822) SW - S swa5 ; W Sy!; B swa!; Sh Shyl; LNK swa!; LCH, LMY sn 1; CM swa2 CN - LP hyl; LM sww!; BV 4ww 2 ; LC, PS, NM 4ww! 0679 - enemy, war, DSI SW - S sWk2 ; W, B sYk2 ; Sh shwk4 ; LNK SYkl; LCH swk!; LMY sykI, swk2 CN - WN SYk6, sak6 N - Y sakI (DS4) 0680 - to buy, C4 SW - S sww4; W, B sw 6 ; Sh shw 5; LNK sww 5; LCH, LMY, CM sww6 CN - LP h y3; LM SYUj6; WN sww6; LC, PS 4ww6; NM saUj6 N - Y sw 6 ; Sk sww6 ; WM ~aUj4; P sww4

143

Comparative Tai Source Book

0681 - writing, book, Al SW - S (na1l5) sww 5 ; W, B sw l; LNK, LCH, LMY (nalll) sww l ; CM (na1l2) sww 2 CN - LP hyl; LM SY14 I ; WN sww l ; BV +ww 2 ; LC, PS +ww l ; NM +a14 1 N - Y 8w l ; Sk sww 2 0682 - sour, CI SW - S som 3 'orange'; W sum); B 50m3 ; Sh shom3; LNK som 4 ; LCH, LMY sum 3 'sour; name of various fruits'; CM som s CN - LP +om 3 ; LM som 3 ; WN sam 3 ; LC +um\ PS, NM 10m 3 N - Y 8am\ Sk sam 3 ; WM 80m3 0683 - toilet, C 1, (cf. 0889) SW - S suam 3 ; B suam 3 'enclosed room'; LNK suam 4 'bridal bedchamber'; LCH, LMY som 3 'bedroom' CN - LP +00m 3; LM suum) 'bedroom'; LC +uum 3 'room'; PS +uum3 'bedroom' 0684 - eye, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taa l ; LNK taa2; LCH, LMY taa l ; CM taa2 CN - LP haa l (AI); LM, WN thaa l; BV thaa l (AI); LC, PS haa l ; NM thaa l N - Y ta\ Sk praa l; WM raal; P taa l 0685 - maternal grandfather, A2 SW - S, W, B taa l; LNK taa1; LMY taa l CN - LP taa' (B2); LM, WN taa2 (B2); LC, PS, NM taa l N - Y tal; Sk, WM, P taa l 0686 - to differ, B2 SW - S, B taa1l2; Sh taa1l2 'other'; LNK taa1l3; LCH, LMY taa1l2 CN - WN taa1l2; LC taa1l2 'other, another; each' N - Y taa1l2; Sk taa1l6; P taall' 0687 - window, B2 SW - S (naa3) taa1l2; W, B taa1l2 CN - LP taa1l5; WN taa1l2; LC, PS, NM taa1l1 0688 - to light (a lamp), C2, (cf. 1005) SW - S taay3 'a torch'; W, B, Sh tay3; LNK tayS; LCH, LMY tayl CN - LP tay 3; LC tay3 'torch' 0689 - grasshopper, DS2 SW - S tak4 (teen I); W tak2 (tin 2) 'a kind of bee'; B tak1 (ten I); Sh tak4 (ten l); LNK tak l (te£02 ); LMY tak l (ten l ); CM tak2 (te£n2 ) CN - LM tak 3 , thak 3; WN tak 6 N - Y tak 3; WM rak 5; P tak 2

144

Cognates

0690 - to pound, A2, (cf. 0696, 0702, 0718) SW - S, W, B, Sh tam l; LNK tam 2; LCH, LMY tam l; CM tam 2 CN - LP tam 2; LM, WN, PS, NM tam l N - Y, Sk, WM tam l 0691 - to weave, B2, (cf. 0672) SW - S, W, B, Sh tam 2 ; LNK tam 3 ; LCH, LMY tam 2 CN - LP tamS; LM, WN tam 2 ; LC, PS, NM tam2 N - Y, Sk, WM, P tam3 (C2 in N languages) 0692 - to cut, DS2, (d. 0959) SW - S, W, B tat2 ; Sh tat4 'to head off, put a stop to'; LNK tae; LCH, LMY t~tl, tae; CM tae CN - LP, LM tae 'to cut with scissors'; WN tat 6; LC tae 'to cut with scissors'; PS tat2 l N - Y tat ; Sk t~k4; P tae 0693 - wasp, A2 SW - S t~~nl; W, B ten l; Sh ten l 'a small hornet'; LNK tew 2 ; LCH, LMY ten l ; CM te~n2 CN - LP pheeTl I (AI); LM pheeTll; WN theTlI; LC, PS pheen 1 N - Y tin\ Sk thiil 4 (OG), thiin 4 (YG); WM, P tin 2 (A4 in N languages) 0694 - cucumber, A2 SW - S te~Tll; W, B, Sh t~TlI; LNK t~eTl2; LCH, LMY t~Tl\ CM te~Tl2 CN - LP pheeTl I (Al); LM pheeTll; WN theTlI; PS pheeTl J ; NM theeTl I N - Y tiaTl 1; Sk priaTl I; P tiiTl J 0695 - to add, A2 SW - S t¥¥ml; B t¥ml; LNK twwm 3 (B2), t¥¥m2; CM twam\ t¥¥m2 (B2) eN - LCtim 1 N - Y tim 4 (A4); Sk twwm 6 (B2) 0696 - to beat, A2, (cf. 0690, 0702, 0718) SW - S tii l ; W, B, Sh til; LNK ti?; LCH, LMY tii l; CM tii 2 CN - WNthii l N-Yti 4 (A4) 0697 - short, C2, (cf. 0350) SW - W, B tin 3 CN - LP, LM tin 3 ; WN tan 3 ; LC, PS tin 3 ; NM ten 3 N - Y, Sk, WM, P tin 3

145

Comparative Tai Source Book

0698 - to break wind, DS2 SW - S, W, B tot2 ; Sh tot4; LNK, LCH, LMY tot I CN - LP tye; LM tyf; WN tat6 ; PS tye; NM thd N - Y rae; Sk r&t4 ; P be 0699 - to slap, DS2 SW - S, W, B top2; Sh top4; LNK, LCH, LMY topl; CM top2 CN - LC tup2 'to beat, to clap (hands)' (cognate with 0718?) N - Sk tap4; P top2 0700 - stump, A2, (cf. 0824) SW - Stool; W, B, Sh tol; LNK to0 1 ; LCH, LMY tool; CM to0 2 CN - WN tool 0701 - to join, B2 SW - S to0 2 ; W, B, Sh t0 2 ; LNK to0 3 ; LCB, LMY to0 2; CM t:::d CN - WN to0 2 'toward, to' N - Y t0 2; Sk to0 6 0702 - to pound, DL2, (cf. 0690, 0696, 0718) SW - S took 2; W, B t07 2; Sh tok2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY took 2 CN - LP took S; LM took 2 ; WN tok 2 N - Y tok 2; Sk took6 0703 - big leaf, especially a banana leaf, A2 SW - S tOO'l')I; W, B, Sh to'l')I; LNK tOOT)2; LCH, LMY to'l')!; CM tOO'l')2 CN - LP tOO'l')2; LM tOOT)I; WN tOT)I; LC, PS, NM tOO'l')1 N - Y rOT)l; Sk rooT)2 (AI); WM rYT)l; P 100T)' 0704 - door, A2 SW - S (prie) tuu l ; W, B, Sh tul; LNK (phakl) tuu 2 ; LCB, LMY (pa-) tuu 1; CM (pa72) tuu 2 CN - LP tuu 2 ; LM tow!; WN, LC, PS tuu l ; NM tow l N - Y tul; Sk pak4 tuu l; WM taw l ; P tuu l 0705 - cupboard, C2, (cf. 0971) SW - S tuu3 ; B tuS; LNK tuu S 'iron chest, safe'; LCH, LMY tuu 3 ; CM tuuS CN - WN tuu 2 (B2) N - Y tu 2 (B2); Sk tuu 3 0706 - to wait, Cl SW - S, W, B, Sh thaa3 ; LNK thaa4 ; LCH, LMY thaa3 ; CM thaa 5 CN - LM, WN thaa3 N - Y sal; Sk thaa3 ; P saa 3

146

Cognates

0707 - landing, B4 SW - S thaa3; W, B taa S; Sh taa3; LNK thaa3; LCH, LMY taa 5; CM taa4 'river crossing' CN - LP thaa5 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM taa 5 ('river' in CN languages) N - Y ta5 'river'; Sk thaa 5; WM, P taa6 'river' 0708 - to challenge, C4 SW - S thaa4 ; B taa6 ; Sh ta 5 ; LNK thaa 5 ; LCH, LMY taa6 CN - WN taa6 N - P taa6 0709 - to ask, Al SW - S thaam 5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY thaam l ; CM thaam 2 CN - LP, LM thaam l ; WN chaam 1; LC thaam 1 N - Y saam I; Sk thaam 2; WM, P 8aam I

07 I 0 - charcoal, B1 SW - S, W, B thaan2 ; Sh thaan 2, than 2 ; LNK thaan 3 ; LCH, LMY thaan 2 ; CM thaan 3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM thaan2 N - Y thaan 2 ; Sk thaan 6; WM, P taan 5 0711 - to change (e.g., clothes), B I, (cf. 0872) SW - S thaay2; W, B thay2; Sh thay2 'to redeem, ransom'; LCH, LMY thay2, thaay2; CM thaay3 CN - LM thay· 'to ransom'; WN thay2 'to ransom, redeem'; LC thay2 'to take the place of; for, instead' (Li says < Chinese) N - Sk thay6 'to redeem, ransom' 0712 - old, CI, (cf. 0091,0483) SW - S, W, B, Sh thaw3 ; LNK thaw4 ; LCH, LMY thaw3 ; CM thaw CN - LP thaw 3 (in kinship terms only); LC thaw3 'a word added to kinship terms to denote a man's senior relatives'; PS, NM thaw3 (in kinship terms) N - Sk thaw3 0713 - Thai, Tai, A4 SW - S thayL' W LNK tha',6·, " B tay4. Sh tay4 'a Shan or Tai' , thay4 'a Siamese" , y LCH, LMY tal (but thal refers to the people of Thailand) CN - LM, WN, LC tay4 N - Y tal; Sk thal 0714 - genuine, real, really, C4 SW - S thee 4 ; W, B te 6 ; Sh teS 'very, exceedingly'; LNK thee 5 ; LCH tee 6 ; LMY tss 6; CM tee 6 N - Sk thee 3 (C?, said to be from < Lao)

147

Comparative rai Source Book

0715 - young male animal, DSI SW - S thwk2; W, B thYk 2; Sh thwk4; 'a male buffalo'; LNK thyk, thwk\ LCH, LMY thwk l CN - LP thyk4 (DS4); LM tyk 3 ; WN thak 6; LC, PS tyk4 (DS4); NM tak4 (DS4) N - Y tak l; Sk thak 6 ; WM tak 6; P tak} (DS4 in N languages) 0716 - to arrive, reach, Al SW - S thwn5; W thwnl; B th)(n l ; LNK thynl (less frequent thwnl); LCH, LMY thwnl; CM thn'n 2, thwn2 CN - LP, LM, BV thynl; WN than I; LC, PS thYnl; NM thanl N - Y tan4; Sk than4; WM, P tan2 (A4 in N languages) 0717 - bag, AI, (cf. 1023) SW - S thunS; W thUTJI 'pocket'; B thonl; Sh thoTJ I; LNK thonl (modern thunl); LCH, LMY thUTJI; CM thon2 CN - LC thUTJl N - Sk thon2 0718 - to beat, pound, DS4, (cf. 0690, 0696, 0702) SW - S thup4; W t up 4; Sh thupS; LNK thup 3; LMY tups; CM tup6 CN - LP thop5; LM top4; WN tup4; PS top4; NM tuup' (DL4, cf. 0699) N - Y tupl; Sk thap 6; WM tup6; P tupl 0719 - cheap, DLl SW - S thuuk2; W, B thu7 2 ; Sh thuk 2 'suitable, in accord'; LNK thwwk 2 , thuuk2 'correct, right, cheap'; LCH, LMY thuuk 2 ; CM thuuk 3 CN - LM thok3 ; WN thuk6 ; LC thuk 2 (DS 1 in CN languages) N - Y twkl; Sk thwk6 (DS4 in N languages) 0720 - to sow, scatter, B I SW - S waan 2 ; W vaan2 ; B vaan 2 , baan 2 ; Sh waan2 ; LNK waan\ LCH, LMYvaan 2 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM vaan2 N - Sk vaal 6 (OG), vaan6 (YG); WM waan 5 0721 - to make a gesture of salutation, C 1 SW - S waay3; B vay3 'to go to see royalty'; Sh way3; LNK waa/; LCH, LMY vay3; CM way' N - Sk val (C4, said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0722 - work (noun), DL4, (cf. 0941) SW - W ve4; B via7 5 ; LNK wiak5 ; LCH, LMY veek 5 CN - WN vik s 'festival' N - Y, Sk viak5

148

Cognates

0723 - a ring, A I SW - S wEens; W, B VEnI; Sh WEn l 'an anklet or bracelet, a bangle'; LNK wEEnl; LCH, LMY vEn l 'bracelet'; CM wEEn 2 CN - WN ven l 'earring' N - Sk vEEn 2 0724 - a comb, to comb, Al SW - S wiis; W viI; B viI, bP; Sh wil; LNK wii l; LCH, LMY viiI; CM wie CN - LP viiI; LM vei; WN viiI; BY vii 2; LC, PS viiI; NM vei N - Sk roi; Sk h::>::>y2, h::>y2 (fast speech); WM r¥i 0725 - don't, B3, (cf. 0726) SW - S yaa2; W, B J1aa4 ; Sh yaa2; LNK yaa3 ; LCH, LMY yaa2 CN - LP yaaS 'finished, already'; LM yaa2 'finished, already'; WN yaa2 'finished'; LC yaa2; PS, NM yaa2 'finished' N - Y yia2, ya2; Sk yaa6 ; P yii S ('finished' in all three languages) 0726 - to divorce, B3, (cf. 0725) SW - S yaa2; W yaa 2 'finished'; LNK yaa 3 (said to be a modern expression); LCH, LMY yaa2 0727 - hungry, DL3, (cf. 0009) SW - S yaak2 'to want'; W yaa7 2; B yaa7 2 'to starve'; Sh yaak 2; LNK yaak2 'to want'; LCH, LMY yaak 2; CM yaak 3 CN - LP yaakS; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM yaak2 N - Y yiak 2; Sk yuak 6 ; WM 7ywak S; P yiik S 0728 - to fear, C3, (cf. 0840, 0918) SW - W, B, Sh yaan 3 ; LNK yaan S; LCH, LMY yaan 3 ; CM yaanS CN - LC yaan l (A?) 0729 - long, A4, (cf. 0665) SW - S yaaw l ; B J1aaw4 (for bamboo tubes only); Sh yaaw4 ; LNKJ1aaw6 ; LCH, LMY yaaw4; CM J1aaw l CN - LM yaaw4; WN yaaw4 'long, only of bamboo joints' N - Y yaaw6 (C4, only of bamboo joints) 0730 - home, C3 SW - S yaaw3 (rwanl); W yaaw3 (h¥n4); B yaaw3 (hwan4); LNK yawS, yawS hwan 6 'household'; LCH, LMY yaaw3 (h¥n4) (literary) CN - WN yaaw3 'granary' N - Y yiaw6 ; Sk yia~ ('granary' in both languages)

149

Comparative Tai Source Book

0731 - maternal grandmother, A4 SW - S yaayl; W, B, Sh naay4; LNKJlaa/ (modern yaa/); LCH yaay\ naay4; LMYyaay4 CN - LP taayS (B2); LM, WN taay2 (B2); LC, PS, NM taay! (A2) N - Y taayZ (B2); Sk 7aay4; WM taayl (A2); P taal (B2) 0732 • to sew, DS4 SW - S yep4; W l1ip4 (Minot has Jlip4); B Jlips; Sh yep5; LNKJlipl (DS?); LCH yep!; LMY yip!; CM Jlip2 CN - LP, LM yap\ WN Jlip4, JlCp4, thap 6; LC, PS yap4; NM JlOp4 N • Y Jlipl; Sk Jlip6; WM Jlip6; P yip3 0733 - to urinate, B4 SW - S yiaw\ W, B m:w\ Sh yew3 ; LNKJlia~, Tjiaw3 ; LCH, LMY ye~; CMJliaw4 CN - LP, LM neew5 ; WN Jliw 5 ; LC, PS, NM neew4 (A4) N - Y JlU s; Sk Jluu 5 ; WM Jla~ 0734 - two, B4, (cf. 0341) SW - S yij3; B Jli s; Sh yi 3 'appellation of a second son'; LNK yiP, yii 5, Jlii 3 ; LCH, LMY yii 5 CN • LP yjj5; LM yey5; WN l1ii5, Jljis; LC, PS, NM yii 5 N - Y TjP; Sk Jlii 6 (C4); P l1ii6 0735 - to hear, A4, (cf. 0869, 1012) SW - S yin l ; W, B l1in4; Sh l1in4, yin4; LNKJlin6 ; LCH, LMY yin4; CM Tjinl, Jlin' CN - LP, LM yin4; WN 11in4,Jlin4; LC, PS hinl (AI?); NM l1enl (A?) 0736 - to shoot, A4 SW - S yil1'; B Jli114 'to take aim'; Sh ye114, Y¥114; LNKJli116; LCH yww 4 ; LMY yi114, YW114; CM j1il1' CN - LP, LM ya114; WN ni114 'to take aim', yi114; LC yal1\ NM Jla144 N - Y Tji114 'to aim'; Sk j1iil1\ Jli114 (fast speech); WM Jli112; P Tji112 'to aim' 0737 - woman, A4, (cf. 0217, 0876) SW - S yi115 (AI); W, B Jli114; Sh yi114; LNK j1i116 (modern yiTjI); LCH, LMY yi114; CM j1i111 CN - LP ni114; LM nil1\ yi114; WN j1i114; LC nil1l, niTj4 0738 - to pick up with the fingers, DS3 SW - S, W, B yip2; Sh yip4; LNK yipl; LCH, LMY yipl; CM yip2, yip" CN - LP 7ip2; LM 7i p3; WN 7i p6; LC nip2, 7ip2; PS 7ep2; NM 70p4 N - Y j1apl (DS4); Sk yip4, yup\ WM j1ap6 (DS4)

150

Cognates

0739 - bait, B 1 SW - S ywa2; W Jw 2 ; B pwa2 (in W, B 'meat, flesh'); Sh yr: 2 'food'; LNK pwa3 ; LCH, LMY yvr: 2 ; CM pwa3 CN - LM nww 6 'meat' (C4) N - Skpwa6 (C4) (pwa2 said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0740 - to borrow, A3 SW - S ywwm l; B ywm l ; Sh yiml 'to rent, hire', ywml; LNK ywwm 2; LCH ywm I; LMY ywm 4; CM Jlwwm I CN - LP yom4 (A4); LM yom 4 ; LC, PS yim l; NM yoml 0741-tostand,A3 SW - S ywwn l ; W, B ywn l ; LNK ywwn 2; LMY ywn4 (literary only); CMJlwwn ' CN - LP yin2; LM yin4; WN 7in l; PS yin'; NM yen l N - Y dwn ' ; WM 7dun l 0742 - to stretch, OL4, (cf. 1071) SW - S ywwt 3 ; W ywe; B ywt"; Sh ywe; LNK ywwt5, Jlwwt5 ; LCH, LMY ywwt2 (OL?); CM ywwe (OL?) CN - LC yiit2 (OL?) N - Y Jliat 5 0743 - to raise, lift, OS4, (cf. 0744) SW - S yok4; W Jlok4 ; B Jlok s; Sh yuk s; LNK Jlok3 (modern yok3); LCH, LMY yakS; CM Jlok6 CN - WNyak4 N - Y yakl; Sk Jluk 6 (only in certain expressions, < Lao) 0744 - to lift in both hands, A4, (cf. 0743) SW - S yool 'to praise, flatter'; W, B Jl04; Sh y04; LNK Jlo0 6 'to praise, flatter'; LCH, LMY yo04 (also, 'to praise, flatter') CN - WN yool (A?) N - Yyol (A?) 0745 - to dye, C4 SW - S yoom4 ; W, B Jlom 6; Sh yomS; LNK Jloom s; LCH, LMY yom 6 ; CMJloom 6 CN - LP yoom 3 ; LM yoom6 ; WN Jlom 6; LC, PS yoom 6; NM Jloom 6 N - Y, Sk Jlum 6 ; WM piam4 (Li says < Chinese); P yum4 0746 - highest point, tip, OL4, (cf. 0270) SW - S yooe; W Jlot4 ; B poe; Sh yoe 'to sprout out'; LNKJlootS (modern yoot 5); LCH, LMY yoot 5; CM Jloot4 CN - LP yootS; LM yootS 'young shoot'; WN JlOe; PS yootS; NM Jloot 5 N - Sk Jluut 5 ; WM Jlvt6 151

Comparative Tai Source Book

0747 • banana stem, DL3 SW • S yuak2 ; B yua7 2 ; Sh yok2 ; LNK yuak 2; LCH, LMY yook2 CN - LP yuuk S; LM, PS yuuk2 0748 - broom, A4 SW - W, B ]lu4 ; Sh yu4 'marsh date palm from which brooms are made'; LCH, LMY yuu4 ; CM JlUU I CN - WN Jliw4 (this dialect changes [uu] to [iw] after palatals); LC yuu 4 N - Y Jlu\ WM ]law2 'rice stubble' 0749 - to be in a place, B3 SW - S yuu 2 ; W, B, Sh yu 2; LNK yuu 3; LCn, LMY yuu 2 ; CM yuu J CN - LP yuu s; LM yow2 ; WN, LC, PS yuu 2 ; NM yow2 N - Y yu 2 ; Sk yuu6 ; WM 7yaw 5 ; P yuu 5 0750 - mosquito, A4 SW - S YUTJI; W, B JlUTJ4; Sh YUTJ4; LNK ]lUTJ6; LCn, LMY YUTJ4; CM ]lull) CN - LP, LM YOTJ4; WN ]lu1l 4; LC YU1l4; PS y01l4; NM ]l01l4 N - Y]lu1l 4 ; Sk ]luTJ 4 ; WM ]lU1l 2 0751 - confused, CI SW - S YU1l3; W, B ]lu1l 3; Sh YU1l3; LNK ]lUTJ4; LCH, LMY YUTJ3; CM ]lulls CN - LM YOll); WN ]lU1l 3; LC YU1l3 N - Y]lUk3 (DS?),]luTJ 2 (B?); Sk]lu11 6 (C4) 0752 - father's younger sibling, A3, (cf. 0935) SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aa l ; LNK 7aa2 ; LCH 7aa1; LMY 7aa4 CN - LP 7aa2; LM 7aa4; WN, LC, PS 7aa1 N • Y 7aaw1; Sk 7aaw s (B4); WM 7aaw1 0753 - part of yoke under the neck, C3 SW· B 70113; LNK 700TJ5 CN - WN 70113 N - Y 70TJ6; Sk 70TJ3; WM ?vTJ3 0754· one (in eleven), DS3, (cf. 0240) SW - S, W, B 7ee; Sh 7et4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY 7et l CN - LP 7et2 (7ie?); LM 7ae; WN 7at6; LC 7it2; PS 7et2; NM 7et4 N - Y 7ie; Sk 7d; WM 7it S 0755 - to lean back, A3, (cf. 0934) SW - S, W, B, Sh 7iTJI; LNK 7i1l2; LCH 7iTJ1; LMY 7i1l4 CN - LM 7iTJ4; WN 7iTJl N - Y 7iTJ1; Sk 7iTJI (regarded as < Lao or Siamese), biTJl; WM 7iTJ1

152

Cognates

0756 - other, B3 SW - S 7wum 2 ; W, B, Sh 7wn 2 ; LNK 7wwn3 eN - LP hn s; LM, Le, PS 7m2; NM 7en 2 N - Sk 7wwn6 ; WM 7wn 5 0757 - thorn, A3, (cf. 0233) Not in SW languages N - Y 7wan 1; Sk 70n 1; WM 70n l 0758 - brains, DLJ SW - W, B ?E?2; Sh 70k 2 ; LeH, LMY hEk2 CN - LP ?eek5; LM ?eek 2 ; WN 7ok2, 7ek2 ; PS 7eek2 N - Y 7uk 3 (DS3); Sk ?uuk6 0759 - to wound, DL3 SW - S, W baat2; B vaat2; Sh maar, waaf; LNK, LCH, LMY baaf eN - LP baat'; LM maae; WN, Le baar; PS, NM baaf 'sore, ulcer' N - Y baat2 'a sore'; Sk baat6 ; WM 7baat5 'a sore' 0760 - bamboo tube, e3 SW - W, B ba1)3; LNK ba1)'; LeH, LMY ba1)3 eN - LP, WN ba1)3 N - Y ba1)2; Sk ba1)6 (B3 in N languages) 0761 - to divide, share, B3, (cf. 1052) SW - S, B bE1)2; Sh mE1)2, WE1)2; LNK bEE1)3; LeH, LMY bE1)2 N - Sk bee1)6 0762 - chipped, nicked, B3 SW - S, W, B bin2 ; Sh min) (e3?); LNK bin 3 eN -LM min 2 N - Y baan2 ; Sk baal 6 (OG), baan 6 (YG); WM 7baan 5 0763 - grass mat, e3, (cf. 1126) Not in SW languages N - Y bin 6 ; Sk biin 3 ; WM 7bin3 0764 - girl, DS3 Not in SW languages N - Y bwk3 ; Sk bwk4; WM 7bwk 5 ; P mwk 3 0765 - big, DS3, (cf. 0200, 0396) Not in SW languages N - Y bwk3 ; Sk bwk4

153

Comparative Tai Source Book

0766 - caterpillar, C3 SW - S, W bu'll); B bo'll); Sh m01l3; LNK bOlls; LCH, LMY bUll) CN - LM mO'll3 N - Sk V01l6 (83) 0767 - to sink, A2 SW - Scorn!; W cum!; B com!; Sh som!; LNK com2 ; LCH, LMY cum! CN - WN cam! N - Y sam\ Sk cam!, com!; WM sam! 0768 - eaves, A4 SW - S chaai; 8 caay4; Sh saa/; LCH, LMY caa/ CN - LM caa/ N - Y 9aa/; Sk yaay4 0769 - bruised, C4, (cf. 0785, 0966) SW - S cham4 ; B cam 6 ; Sh, LNK sam 5 ; LCH, LMY cam 6 N - Y cam 6 ; Sk sam 6 0770 - to soak, B4, (cf. 0577) SW - S ChEE 3 ; W, B CE 5 ; Sh SE 3 ; LNK S££3; LCH, LMY CE£' CN - LP chee s; LM cee 5; WN ciis; PS cee5 N - Y se 5 ; Sk see5 0771 - to believe, B4 SW - Schwa); B cwa5 ; Sh SY} 'to buy on credit; to delay in acting or doing'; LCH cn' s; LMY Cyy2 (8?) N - Sk swa5 ; WM sw 6 0772 - lover, C4 SW - S chuu 4 ; W, 8 cu 6 ; Sh sus; LNK suus; LCH, LMY cuu 6 CN - LM CO\V' N - Y }'U6 ; Sk yuu 6 0773 - thread, C3, (cf. 0851) SW - S daay3; W daal 'raw silk'; B daal 'silk thread'; Sh laal 'silk'; LNK daai; LCH, LMY daal 'silk' CN - WN daal N - Y daay6 'ramie'; Sk daal 'thread', raay3 'ramie'; WM 7daay3 'ramie' 0774 - to trap, DS3, (cf. 1140) SW - S dak2 N - Y dak 3

154

Cognates

0775 - asleep, DS3 Not in SW languages CN - LP dak2; LM nak3 ; LC noon 4 dak 2; PS dak 2; NM dak4 N - Y dak 3 ; Sk dak 4 0776 -loud, A3 SW - S, W, B dal1l; Sh lal1!; LNK dal1"; LCH dal1!; LMY da114 N - Y dal1! 0777 - to get married (in certain idiomatic phrases), A3 SW - S d::>::>111; W d::>l1l; Sh bl1! 'appellation given to the father and mother of one's son-in-law or daughter-in-law'; LNK d::>::>112; LCH d::>111; LMY d::>114 CN - LM noo114; WN dOl1l N - Y dOl1l; Sk tr::>::>11 1 0778 - hill, mountain, A3, (cf. 0657, 1002) SW - S d:l:lyl; Sh bl; LNK d:l::>/ 'mountain ridge'; LCH d::>yl; LMY d::>l CN - LM nooy4 'path up a mountain' N - Y dol 'path up a mountain'; Sk r::>::>l; WM 7d¥yl 0779 - catfish, DS3 SW - S, B duk2; LNK, LCH, LMY duk 1 CN - LP dok2 ; LM nok 3 ; WN duk6 N - Y duk 3 ; Sk r::>k4 0780 - coconut grub, C3 SW - S dua113; W dOl1}; B dua113; LNK dua115; LCH, LMY d0113 CN - LM nuu1]3; WN dU1]] N - Y dU1]6; Sk dua1]3 0781 - to send (a present), DLl SW - S faak\ W, B faa7 2 ; Sh phaak2; LNK, LCH, LMY faak 2 CN - LP, LM, WN phaak2; LC, PS, NM phaak2 N - Sk kwaak 6 (OG), kuak 6 (YG); WM faak s 0782 - antelope, A4, (cf. 0109, 1034) SW - S faan 1; W, B faan 4; Sh phaan4 'barking deer'; LNK faan 6 ; LCH, LMY faan 4 N - Y faan 4 ; Sk vaal 4 (OG), vaan4 (YG); P faan 2 0783 - to slash, A4 SW - S fan l; W, B fan\ Sh phan4; LNK fan 6; LCH fan 4 N - Y fan\ Sk vaP (OG), van l (YG) (A?)

155

Comparative Tai Source Book

0784 - wing, DL4, (cf. 0266) Not in SW languages N - Y fwat>; Sk viatS; WM fwat 6 ; P fwe (DS4) 0785 - bruised, swollen, DS4, (cf. 0769, 0966) SW - S fok4; LNK fok 3 ; LCH, LMY fok s CN - WN fok4 N - Y fok'; Sk vok 5 (DL?) 0786 - bubble, foam, A4 SW - S fOO1]I; W f01]4 'a wave'; B f01]4; Sh ph01]4 'expanse or body of water'; LNK fOO1]6; LCH, LMY f01]4 N - Sk phOOT]4 0787 - to float, A4, (cf. 0 \98) SW - S fuu' 'to foam up'; W, B fu 4 ; Sh phu4 ; LNK fuu 6 ; LCH, LMY fuu 4 CN - LP fuu 4 ; LM fow4 ; WN, LC, PS fuu\ NM fow4 N -Y fu 4 ; Sk vuu' (A?) 0788 - dust, B 1 SW - S fun 2 ; W fwn 2 'powder'; 8 khun 2 ; Sh phun2 ; LNK fun 3 ; LCH, LMY fun 2 CN - WN phwn2 'manure used for fertilizer' N - Y puns (B4); Sk phuns (84); WM fons 0789 • beach, sandbar, DLl SW - S, W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haat2 CN - LM haatl; LC haatl 'rapids'; PS haatl N - Sk haat6 0790 - to disappear, Al SW • S haay 5; B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haay' CN - LP haay' 'to die' N . Y rway'; Sk rvvy' 0791 • vessel for steaming rice, Al SW - S hal 'jug'; W, B, Sh hay'; LNK hay' 'small-mouthed jug'; LCH, LMY hay' CN - LM lay!; WN chay' N - Y ray!; Sk hal 0792 - a tick, DS I SW - S, W, 8 hep2; LNK hep'; LCH hip!, hep!; LMY hep' CN - LM 7ip3; WN th Ep 6 N - Sk rip4

156

Cognates

0793 - waist, OLl, (cf. 0005) Not in SW languages N - Y hwatz; Sk vuat6 ; WM hwatS 0794 - to cover (with a blanket), Bl, (cf. 0282, 1078) SW - S hom 2; W hum 2; B, Sh hom 2; LNK hom 3; LCH, LMY hum 2 CN - LP, LM hom 2 ; WN ham 2; LC hum 2 N - Sk hum 6, ham 6 0795 - to shrink, OSl SW - S, W, B hoe; Sh hot4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY hot! CN - LP hoe; LM hoe; WN hot6 ; PS hd (OS4); NM hot4 N - Y rue; Sk hot4 0796 - a wart, OLI SW - S huut2; w, B hue; Sh hut4 (OSI); LCH, LMY sut l (OSI) CN - WN sotz N - Sk truut 6 0797 - stem, C2 SW - S kaan 3; W kaan 3 'classifier for long, slender objects'; B, Sh kaan l ; LNK kaan 5; LCH, LMY kaan l CN WN kaan 3 N - Y, Sk, WM kaan l 0798 - to speak, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP kyaaT]3; LM kaaT]l; LC kyaa113 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM kyaaT]l N - Y, WM, P kaa113 0799 - husk, OL2 SW - S, W, B, Sh, LCH, LMY kaapl CN - WN kaap2 N - Y kaap2; Sk kaap 6 0800 - to hold in the closed hand, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kaml; LNK kam 2 ; LCH, LMY kaml CN - LP kam 2 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kam! N - Y, Sk, WM kam! 0801 - to take a bite, OS2, (cf. 0146) SW - S, W, B katZ; Sh kat4 ; LNK kat! CN - LP kat2 ; LM kae; WN kat6 ; LC, PS katz; NM kat4 N - Y kae; Sk kat4 ; WM kat5

157

Comparative Tai Source Book

0802 - to scratch, A2, (cf. 0140) SW - S, W kaw l ; LNK kaw; LCH, LMY kaw l CN - WN kaw l; LC, PS kaw4 (A4?); NM kaw 1 N - Y, Sk kaw 1 0803 - curry, soup, A2 SW - S keErJl; W, B, Sh kErJl 'to cook, applied to preparing curries'; LNK kEErJ2; LCH, LMY kErJl 'to cook' N - Sk keerJl 0804 - Vietnamese, A2 SW - S keEw1 ; W, B kew\ LNK kEew2 ; LCH, LMY kew l CN - LP keew2; LM keew l ; WN ciw 1; LC, PS, NM keew 1 N - Y cew 1; Sk keew l 0805 - glass, crystal, C2 SW - S kEE~; B kew' 'jewel'; LNK keew 5; LCH, LMY ke~ N - Sk kEew3 0806 -to hide, C4, (cf. 0991,1001) Not in SW languages CN - WN kww 6 (C4) N - Y kw} (C2), kw 6 (C4); Sk kww 3 'to put away' (C2); P kww4 (C4) 0807 - to carry on the shoulder, DL4 Not in SW languages N - Y kwat5 ; Sk khuat5 ; WM kwat6 ; P kwwt6 0808 - on, above, A4, (cf. 0414, 0607) Not in SW languages N - Y kwn4; Sk khwn4; WM, P kwn 2 0809 - ringworm, DL2 SW - S klaak2; W, B kaa7 2; LNK kaak2; LCH, LMY (xii 3 ) xaak 2 CN - WN caak2 N - Y caak2 ; Sk laak6 0810 - last (year), A2 SW - S klaayl; W kaay\ B kaayl 'to pass'; LNK kaay2; LCH, LMY kaayl '(year) before last' ('last year' is pii l lew6) CN - LP caay2; LM kyaayl; WN caayl; LC pjjl kyaayl; PS, NM kyaai ('[year] before last' in CN languages) N - Sk tlaayl (OG), traayl (YG); WM klaayl '(year) before last'

158

Cognates

0811 - matchbox, DS2 SW - S klak2 N - Sk plEk4 (OG), prEk4 (YG), plak4 (OG), prak4 (YG) 0812 - to hold the breath, C2 SW • S klan3 ; Sh kan 3 N • Y can3 'to go without'; Sk kan 3 0813 - smooth, C2, (cf. 0195) SW • S kliaTl 3 ; W (maa2) keTl 3 'orange'; B kiaTl 3 'smooth kind of orange'; Sh keTl 3 'to be clear, clean'; LNK kiaTl 5 ; LCH, LMY keTl 3 N • Sk tliaTl 3 (OG), triaTl 3 (YG) 0814 - strand (of rope), A2 SW - S kliaw I; Sh kiwI; LCH kiwI; LMY kiwI, kew l N - Y cew I; Sk tlEEw I (OG), trEEw I (YG) 0815 -lazy, DS2?, (cf. 0155) Not in SW languages N - Y cik3 (DS2); Sk tliik6 (OG), triik 6 (YG) (DL2); WM klik 5 (DS2); P cik2 (DS2) 0816 - to swallow, A2, (cf. 1014) SW - S klwwn I; W, B kwnI; Sh 7wn I; LNK kwwn2 ; LCH, LMY kwnI CN - WN kwn 6 (C4) N - Sk t1wwn 1 (OG), trwwn 1 (YG); WM klwaTl I 0817 - round, A2, (cf. 1066) SW - S klom I; W kum I; B, Sh komI; LNK kom 2 ; LCH, LMY kum I N - Sk plum I (OG), prum I (YG) 0818 • to build, B2, (cf. 0997) SW· S bo 2 ; W b 2 'to begin'; B ko 2 ; 8h b 2 'to pile'; LNK koo 3 ; LCH, LMY ko:>2 CN - LP koos; LM, WN, PS ko0 2 ('to build a fire' in CN languages) N • Y k0 2 ; Sk bo 6 0819 - wild olive, DL2 SW • S kookl; W ko7 2 CN • LM kook2; WN kok2; NM kuuk1 N - Y kok 2 ; Sk kook6 0820 - to heap up, A2 SW· S bOll I; W, B, Sh kOllI; LNK kOOTl2; LCH, LMY k0111 CN· WN kOT]l N . Y kOTll; Sk kOOT] I 159

Comparative Tai Source Book

0821 - to hug, embrace, OL2 SW - S bot2; w, B, Sh be; LNK, LCH, LMY koot2 CN - LP kootS; LM koot2; WN be; LC, PS, NM koot2 N - Y kot2 , kot1 (OS2), ko 3 (C2); Sk koot6 0822 - tiger, OL2, (cf. 0541, 0678) Not in SW languages N - Y kuk3 (OS2); Sk kuuk 6 ; WM kuks; P kuk 2 (OS2) 0823 - to do, make, 0L4, (cf. 1134) Not in SW languages N - Y kuaS, kuak 5 ; WM kuak 6 , ku 5; P kuk 3 (OS4) 0824 - stump, B2, (cf. 0700) Not in SW languages N - Y kwan 2 ; Sk kol 6 (OG), k::m 6 (YG) 0825 - tamarind, orange, Al SW - S khaam 5 'tamarind'; W khaam\ B khaam l 'tamarind'; Sh khaam l 'white jujube'; LNK khaam l 'tamarind'; LCH, LMY xaam 1 'tamarind' CN - LP kaam 2; LM, WN, PS, NM kaam 1 ('orange' and A2 in CN languages) N - Y, Sk, WM kaam 1 ('orange' and A2 in N languages) 0826 - to answer a call, Al SW - S khaan 5; W xaan 1; B khaan l ; Sh khaan l 'to speak, tell'; LCH, LMY xaan l N - Y haan l ; Sk TJaan2 ; WM haan l 0827 - fishy smell, A4 SW - S khaaw l ; W xaaw\ B kaaw4 ; Sh khEw4; LNK khaaw6 ; LCH xaaw\ LMYxEw4 CN - LM, WN caaw4 ; PS faa~ N - Y haaw4 ; Sk yaaw4 ; P haaw2 0828 - to itch, A4 (cf. 0835) SW - S khan l ; W xan 4 ; B kan4 ; Sh khan 4 'pungent to the taste or smell, sharp in temper, full of lascivious desire (vulgar)'; LNK khan6 ; LCH, LMY xan4 CN - LM, WN, NM han 4 N - Sk (yum4) yal 4 (OG), (yum4) yan 4 (YG) 0829 - handle, rod, A4 SW - S khan l ; W, B, Sh, LCH, LMY kan 4 N - Y kan 4 ; Sk khal 4 (OG), khan 4 (YG); WM kan 2

160

Cognates

0830 - acacia, A4 SW - S khee l; W, B ke 4 ; LNK khee 6 ; LMY kee 4 CN - LM kee\ WN kee 4 N - Y ke4 0831 - guest, DLi SW - S kheek2; W, B khe7 2; Sh khek2; LNK kheek2; LCH, LMY xeek2 CN - LP, LM kheek2 ; WN chek2 ; LC, PS, NM kheek 2 N - Y hek2 ; Sk heek6 0832 - chopping board, Al SW - S khia,,5; B khia"l; Sh khe"l; LNK khia"l; LCH, LMY xe"l CN - LP, LM khii"l; WN chi"l; LC, PS khii"l; NM hii,,' N - Y, WM he,,' 0833 - sharp, sharp edge, A4 SW - S khom ' ; W xum 4 ; B kom 4 ; Sh khom4 'the edge ofa cutting instrument'; LNK khom6 ; LCH, LMY xum 4 'the sharp edge of a blade' CN - LP khom 4 ; LM hom4 ; LC kum4 ; PS, kom 4 ; NM hom4 N - Sk yam 4 0834 - to carry, transport, AI, (cf. 0372) SW - S khon'; B khon\ LCH, LMY xun l N - Sk khun 2 0835 - to itch, A4 (cf. 0828) SW - Sh khom 4 ; LCH, LMY xum 4 N - Y hum 4 ; Sk yum 4 ; WM xum 2 0836 - tame, familiar, C4 SW - S khun 4 ; B kun 6 ; LCH kun 6, xun 6 ; LMY kun 6 CN - WN kun 6 N - Y kun 6 ; Sk khun 6 0837 - a litter (of young), DL4 SW - S khrook 3 CN - LM look 5; WN cok'; LC kyook4 ('family' in CN languages) N - Y cok 5; Sk rooks 0838 - to lie athwart, Al SW - S khwaa"s; W, B, Sh khwaa,,'; LNK khua"l; LMY xwaa,,' CN - LM khwaa"l; WN khaa"l; LC khwaa,,1 'unreasonable; perverse, violent' N - Y vaa"l; Sk vaa,,2

161

Comparative Tai Source Book

0839 - to tie up, B4, (cf. 0210, 0659) SW - S laam3 ; B laam\ Sh laam3 ; LNK laam3 ; LCH, LMY laam5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS Iaam5 N - Sk laam5 ; WM, P laamo 0840 - to fear, Al (cf. 0728, 0918) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM laaw l N - Y laaw 1; Sk laa~; WM Iaaw l 0841 - alive, C4 Not in SW languages N - Y lio; Sk hi:J.0 lii 6 'still, yet'; WM li4 0842 - water pipe, A4 SW - W, Sh lin4 ; LNK Iin 6 ; LCH, LMY Iin4 CN - LM, WN lin 4 N - Y, Sk Iin4; WM, P lin 2 0843 - to fall over, C4 SW - S lom4; W lum 6 ; B lom6 ; Sh, LNK lom 5; LCH, LMY lum 6 CN - LP 10m3 ; LM lom 6 ; WN lam 6 ; PS, NM lom 6 N - Y, Sk lam 6 ; WM lam4 0844 - to fall (of a leaf, etc.), B 1 SW - S lon 2; W lun 2; B, Sh lon 2 ; LNK lon 3 ; LCH, LMY lun 2 CN - LP, LM lyn 2; WN lan 2; LC lin2 'to drop quickly'; PS Ivn 2; NM Ien2 N - Y Ian 2; Sk bn6 0845 - to lose one's way, Al SW - S 101)5; W IU1)! 'mistaken'; B, Sh 101)1 'to forget'; LNK 101)\ LCH, LMY IU1)! CN - LM 101)1; WN b1)l; LC IU1)2 (B?) N - Y lo,,! 'wrong'; Sk b1)2 'to forget'; WM 101)! 0846 - to erase, DS4 SW - S lop4; LNK Iwp 3, lopl; LMY lop5 N - Y lupl; Sk IWp 6 0847 - iron (the metal), A4, (cf. 0183) Not in SW languages N - Y fa 4 ; Sk maa4

162

Cognates

0848 - spleen, C4 SW - S maam4 ; W, B maam 6 ; Sh, LNK maam 5 ; LCH, LMY mem6 CN - LM, WN maam 6 N - Y maam6 ; Sk maam\ maam6 (C?, genuine Saek word is said to be paaTJ3); WM maam4 0849 - ghost, A4, (cf. 0641) Not in SW languages N - Y faaTJ4; Sk maaTJ4; WM faaTJ2 0850 - sterile, Al SW - S mans; W, B, Sh, LNK, LMY man l CN - LP, LM man l N - Y, Skman l 0851 - thread, AI, (cf. 0773) SW - S mal 'silk'; W may\ B mayi 'cotton cloth'; Sh mayl; LNK mayl 'silk, silk thread'; LCH, LMY mayi CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM mayi N - Y mayi; Sk mW; WM, P mayl 0852 - cat, A4 SW - S meew l; W, B, Sh mew4; LNK mee~; LCH, LMY mew4 CN - LP, LM meew4 ; WN mew\ LC, PS, NM meew2 (B?) N - Y me~ (C?); Sk meew4 0853 - soot, CI SW - W mi 3; LCH, LMY mii 3 CN - LP mii 3 ; LM mel; LC, PS mii 3 N - Y mP; Sk miP in ploo6 miP 'coals in fire' 0854 - doctor, shaman, Al SW - S moo 5; W, B, Sh mol; LNK, LCH, LMY moo l CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS moo l N - Y mol; Sk moo 2 0855 - termite, DL4 SW - S mooe; W mot4 ; B moe; Sh moe; LNK, LCH, LMY m::lOt5 CN - LP, LM mooe; WN moe; PS, NM moot' N - Y motS; Sk mootS 0856 - pubic hair, Al SW - S moy'; W, B, Sh moyi; LNK mooyl; LCH, LMY moyl CN - PS mooyl N-Y, WMmi l

163

Comparative Tai Source Book

0857 - beard, B4, (ef. 0247) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM moms; WN, LC mums; PS, NM moms N - Y mums; WM, P mum 6 0858 - arrow of crossbow, B 1 Not in SW languages N - Y na 2 ; Sk naa6 ; WM naa 5 0859 - jackal, A4 SW - S nai; B, Sh na/; LNK nal; LCH, LMY na/ CN - WN na/ N - Y, Sk na/ 0860 - pubic mound, B 1 SW - S, B, W naw2; Sh naw2 'the lower part of the abdomen'; LCH, LMY nawz CN - WN naW2 N - Y naw2 ; Sk naw 6 0861 - debt, Cl SW - SniP; Sh nP; LNK nii\ LCH, LMY niP CN - LM nei; WN, PS nii 3 N - Y ni 3 0862 - here, this, C 1 4 3 6 s SW - SniP , nii 4 "• W B nP ., ni 6 •,Sh yna',J " nays. LNK nii 'nii ", LCH LMY nii , nii s CN - LP, LM nay3; WN nii , nal (B4); LC nal (also, nay6 in certain phrases); PSnai N - Y ni 6 (C?); Sk nji3, nii 6 , rii 6 ; WM nay4; P ni? 0863 - kidney stones, C 1 SW - S, B nhy3; LNK niw4; LCH niw3; LMY niw3 , new3 CN - LM niiw6 (C4); WN J1iw3 N - Y niw3 , niaw3 ; Sk diiw3 (00), diw3 (YO) (also, nii\y3 [00], ni~ [YO], both said to be < Siamese) 0864 - hump of an ox, DLl SW - S nook2 ; B n07 2 ; Sh nok2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY nook! CN - LP, LM nook 2 ; WN nok2, nok 2 ; PS nook! N - Y nok2 ; Sk nook6 0865 - pus; lake, Al SW - S noons; W, B, Sh non'; LNK no:)'r!'; LCH, LMY n:)'11' CN - LP, LM noonl; WN n0nl; LC, PS, NM noon 1 N - Y nonl; Sk noon2; WM n\'111

164

Cognates

0866 - shadow, reflection, A4 SW - S t'jaw1; W, B, Sh t'jaw4 ; LNK t'jaw6; LCH, LMY t'jaw4 CN - LM, WN, LC, PS, NM t'jaw4 N - Y, Sk t'jaw4 0867 - to smell bad, AI, (cf. 0910) Not in SW languages N - Y haw'; Sk t'jaw2 ; WM haw l 0868 - finger, toe, B4, (0239) Not in SW languages N - Y J1iat'j5; Sk t'jiat'j5 0869 - to hear, listen, AI, (0735,1012) Not in SW languages N - Y J1ia l; SkJ1ia2 0870 - to dust off, DS2 SW - S pae; Sh pat4 'to sweep'; LNK pae 'to sweep'; LCH, LMY pat l CN - LP pae; LM pae; WN pat6 ; LC pae ('to sweep' in CN languages) N - Y pae 'to sweep'; Sk pSk4; WM pae 0871 - to climb, A2 SW - S piin l ; W, B pin l; LNK piin 2 CN - LM, WN pin' N - Y pinl; Sk piinl; WM plen 2 (A4); P pin!, peen 2 0872 - to change, B2, (cf. 0711) SW - S plianz; W phen 2 ; B pian 2 ; Sh pin 2 , pen 2 ; LNK pian 3 ; LCH, LMY pen 2 CN - LP piin 5; LM piin 2 ; WN pin2 ; LC piin 2 (Li says < Chinese); PS piin 2 N - Y pian 2; Sk pian6 0873 - to turn upside down or inside out, C2 SW - S pHn 3; W, B, Sh pin 3 ; LNK pins; LCH, LMY pin 3 CN - LP, WN pin 3 N - Y pin 3; Sk pliin 3 (OG), priin3 (YG) 0874 - to rob, C2 SW - S plon3; LNK punS, pons CN - LM pym3 N - Sk pun 3 0875 - a brush, A2 SW - S prEst'j1 N Sk prsst'jl

165

Comparative rai Source Book

0876 - woman, wife, A4, (cf. 0217, 0737) Not in SW languages N - Y pa4; Sk phaa4; WM, P paa2 0877 - crazy, DL4, (cf. 0015) Not in SW languages CN - WN paak 5 N - Y paak5; P paak6 0878 - thunder, e3, (cf. 1103) Not in SW languages N - Y pya3 ; Sk phraa3; WM plaa3 0879 - to defeat, be defeated, C4 SW - S phee 4 ; W, B pe 6 ; Sh pe 5; LNK ph&&5; LCH, LMY p&&6 N - Y pe5 (B4), pe6; Sk ph&S5 (B4) 0880 - shirt, B4, (cf. 0337) Not in SW languages N - Y pwa5 ; Sk phia5 ; WM pu6 ; P pww6 0881 - blistered, A4 SW - S pho011I; W, B, Sh, LeH, LMY P01l4 CN - WN p01l4 N - Y P0114 'to puff out'; Sk phoo114, pho01l4 (latter said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0882 - young bamboo shoot, A4, (cf. 0243) Not in SW languages CN - WN oaa11 4 N - Y raa114; Sk naa114; WM raa112 0883 bad, C4 SW - S raal; W, B haal; Sh haay5; LNK haay5, laay5; LCH, LMY haay6 CN - LM laal; WN oaal; Le, PS +aal N - Y rway6; Sk raay6 0884 - quick, A4, (cf. 0425) SW - S rew l ; Sh sew4 ; LNK Iiw6 , leew6 ; LCH lew4 ; LMY lew4 , rew4 N - Y riaw4 ; Sk riiw4 (OG), riw4 (YG) « Siamese rew l 'quick"?) 0885 - strength, strong, A4 SW - S n:&l1l; W, B, Sh h£114; LNK h&&11 6 ; LCH, LMY h£11 4 eN - LP +ee11 4 ; LM lee114; WN oe1l 4 ; LC +ee11 4 ; NM lee1l 4 N - Y re1l4; Sk ree114; WM re112

166

Cognates

0886 ~ bedbug, DL4 SW ~ S rwae; W hyt4 ; B hwat5; Sh hye; LNK hwat S CN - LP Int5; LM IwwtS; WN IytS; LC lyyt4 ; PS lyyt S; NM IwwtS N - Y rwat'; Sk ruat6 (DL?); WM rwat6 0887 - to water (plants), DL4?, (cf. 1099) SW - S rot4 ; Sh hot4 (DS}); LCH, LMY hot l (DS!, 'to shrink') CN - WN OytS (DL4) N - Y rwatS (DL4); Sk n:k6, hoe (latter said to be < Lao); WM ruak" (DL4) 0888 - squirrel, DL4, (cf. 0406) SW - S (kli 2) rook3 ; W h04; B ho?S; LNK (ka-) hooks; LMY hooks CN - LP 4ook5; LM lok 5; WN ooks N - Y rok 5; Sk rooks 0889 - a room, DS4, (cf. 0683) SW - B luk 5; Sh Iuk4 (DS?) CN - WN QUk4 'bedroom' N - Y ruk l 'bedroom'; WM ruk 6; P IukJ 0890 - spicy hot, DL4, (0639, 1065) Not in SW languages N - Y saae; Sk thaat 5 0891 - fishtrap, A4 SW - S sayl; W, B sal; Sh shal; LNK say6; LCH, LMY sal CN - LP hl; LM, WN say4; LC 4al N - Y 8al; Sk yal 0892 - splinter, Cl SW - S, B sian3 ; Sh shen\ LNK sian4 ; LCH, LMY sen} CN - WN cen 6 (C4) N - Y sen6 ; Sk kheel 6 (OG), kheen6 (YG) (C4 in N languages) 0893 - to see (someone) off, B1 SW - S SOT]2; W SUT]2; B S0112; Sh shoT]?; LNK 50113; LCH, LMY sU11 2 CN - LP 40T]2; LM sOT]\ WN 50112; LC +UT]2; PS, NM 40112 N - Sk COT]6 0894 - to put on, wear, C2, (cf. 1031) Not in SW languages N - Y tan); Sk ten'; WM, P tan 3

167

Comparative Tai Source Book

0895 - to set up, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taTJ3; LNK taTJ5; LCH, LMY taTJ) CN - LP, LM, WN taTJ3; LC taTJ) 'to erect, build'; PS, NM taTJ3 N - Y, Sk taTJ3 0896 - shuttle of the loom, B2, (cf. 0197) Not in SW languages CN - LM pyaw5; WN thaw2 (B I) N - Y taw2 ; WM raws (B?); P taw5 0897 - turtle, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taw2; LNK taw 3; LCH, LMY taw2 CN - WN taw2 N - Sk r::>::>4 (A4, probably not cognate) 0898 - to hunt, B2? Not in SW languages CN - LP phyaw l (AI); LM phyaw4 (A?); LC, PS phyaw2 N - Y taw2; P tawS 0899 - to warn, A2 SW - S twan l; LNK twan 2 ; LCH, LMY t1(n l CN - WNtwn l N - Y twan! (B2); WM twan l; P twwn l 0900 - wild, forest, Bl, (cf. 0258, 0448) SW - S thwan 2; W thyn 2; B thwan 2; Sh thyn 2; LNK thwan 3 ; LCH, LMY thyn Z CN - LP thyyn2 ; LM thWWTJ2; LC thyyn l (A?) N - Y twan 5; Sk thual S (OG), thuan 5 (YG); WM twan 6 ; P twwn6 (B4 in N languages) 0901 - to wake up (intransitive), B2, (cf. 0280) SW - S twwn2 ; W, B, Sh twn2 ; LNK twwn 3 ; LCH, LMY twn 2 CN - LP tyn 5; LM hn 2; WN twn 2; LC, PS tin 2 ; NM ten 2 N - Y rwn l 0902 - to castrate, A2 SW - S to::>nl; W, B, Sh, LCH, LMY toni CN • LP toon 2; LM toon l; WN toni; LC, PS toon l; NM toon 2 (tone? toon 1) N - Y toni; Sk t::>::>n!; WM tyn! 0903 - to argue, Al SW - S thiaTJ5; W theTJI; B thiaTJl; Sh theTJl; LNK thiaTJl; LCE, LMY theTJI CN - LM khiiTJl; WN cel'll N - Y seTJ l; Sk thiaTJ2

168

Cognates

0904 - to pull out, Al SW - S th::>::>ns; Sh th::>nl; LNK tho::m l ; LMY thon l N - Sk tuun l 'to take off, remove' 0905 - to flood, Cl SW - S thuam 3 ; W, Sh thom 3; LNK thuam 4 ; LCH, LMY thom 3 CN - LP thoom3 (thuum 3?); LM thuum 3 ; WN thum 3 ; LC, PS thuum 3 N - Y turnS 'to flood' (B4), tum 6 'covered by water or earth' (C4) (which is cognate?); Sk thum6 (C4) 0906 - whole area of fields, B4 SW - S thUrt3; B tort5; Sh tOrt3; LNK thort3; LCH, LMY turtS CN - LP thOrt5; LM tOT\s; WN tOrtS; NM tOrtS N - Y tOT\s; Sk thoT\5 0907 - rattan, Al SW - S waays; W, B vaay\ Sh, LNK waay I; LCB, LMY vaayl CN - LP, LM, WN, LC vaai N - Y vaayl; Sk vaay2; WM waayl 0908 - to fan, a fan, A4 SW - S wii l ; W, B vi 4 ; Sh wi4 ; LNK wii 6 ; LCH, LMY vii 4 eN - LP vii 4; LM vey4; WN, LC, PS vii4; NM vel N - Y vi 2 'to winnow' (B?); Sk phii4; WM pol 0909 - to broil, C3 SW - S, W, B, Sh yaaT\3; LNK yaaT\5; LCH, LMY yaart3 CN - LM, WN yaart3 N - Y yiart6; Sk yuart3 'to smoke fish, meat, etc.'; WM ?ywart3 0910 - to smell bad, AI, (cf. 0867) SW S men5; W mini; Sh, LNK men l; LCH, LMY mini CN - WN man l 0911 - soft, Ct, 2, 3 or B4? SW - S nim 3 0912 - hundred, DL2, (cf. 0315) SW - Sh, LCH, LMY paak2 CN - LP paak5; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM paak2 0913 - figure, shape, B4 SW - S raaT\3 'frame, sketch'; Sh haaT\3; LCH, LMY haaT\5

169

Comparative rai Source Book

0914 - mattress, B 1 SW - S swa2 'mat'; W Sy2; B swa2; Sh 51w 2 'to spread open, as a mat'; LNK swa 3; LCH, LMY Syy2 'to spread' CN - WN sww 2 N - Sk swa6 0915 - to bend or straighten, DS3 SW - S dae; Sh lat4 ; LCH, LMY dati CN -LMmyae N - Sk det\ bId 0916 - to pluck, DS2, (cf. 0440) SW - S plit2; W, B pit 2 ; Sh pit4 0917 - kind of vegetable, DL2 SW - S, W, B, LCH, LMY kaat 2 CN - LP kaat 5 ; LM, WN kaat2 ; LC laa4 kaat2 'a kind of potato' (LC perhaps not the same vegetable); PS, NM kaat2 N - Sk kek4 (DS2) 0918 - to be afraid, A2, (cf. 0728, 0840) SW - S klua l ; Sh kOI; LNK kua2 ; LCH, LMY kOOI 0919 - half-grown, fairly large, B 1 SW - S khwa112; LCH, LMY XYT]2 CN - LP khn'112; LM khwW112; WN khw112 0920 - to kneel, DS4, (cf. 0970) SW - S khuk4 ; Sh khup 5; LCH, LMY XOp5 (xaw2) CN - LM kok 4 'to bend the knee' N - Sk thuk6 0921 - to surround, A4, (cf. 1102) SW - S khum l ; Sh kum 4 ; LNK khum 6 ; LCH, LMY kum 4 0922 - vine, AI, (cf. 0538) SW - S khaw5; W khaw l CN - LP, LM, WN, PS khaw l ; NM haw l 0923 - pond, A I Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM thom l ; LC thum l ; PS thom l

170

Cognates

0924 - dregs, Bl, (cf. 0993) SW - S saa2 ; B saa2 'yeast'; Sh, LCH, LMY saaz CN - LM saa2 'wine dregs'; PS caa2 'wine dregs' N - Sk saa6 0925 - millet, CI

SW - S, LCH, LMY faa1l3 CN - LP, LM, WN, NM phaallJ N - Sk via1l3 0926 - tobacco, A3 Not in SW languages CN - LP yiin2; LM 7iin4; LC 7iin2 (B?, Li says < Chinese); PS, NM yiin 1 0927 - to pickle, DL3, (cf. 0053) SW - W hp2; LNK 7wap2 CN - LP 7np 5; LM 7wwpz; LC, PS hyp2; NM 7Up2 N - Sk 7wap 6 0928 - warm, B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7un 2 ; LNK 7un 3 ; LCH, LMY 7un 2

CN - LP 70n s; LM 70n 2 ; WN 7un 2 ; LC 7un 2 'to cook slowly for a long time'

0929 - to have sexual intercourse, CI SW - W, B sP; LNK sii 4 ; LCH, LMY siP 0930 - to hold in the mouth, A3

SW - S 7om!; W 7um 1; B, Sh 7om'; LNK 70m2 ; LCH 7um 1 ; LMY 7um 4 CN - LP 70m2 ; LM 7om 4 ; WN 7um'; PS 7om l ; NM hom' N - Y 7am2 , 7um2 (B3); Sk 7am l 0931 - basin, B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aa1l2; LNK 7aa1l3; LCH, LMY 7aa1l2 CN - LP 7aalls; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM 7aa1l 2

N - Y 7aa112; Sk 7aa1l6 0932 - to set up (a bed), A3, (cf. 0990) Not in SW languages CN - LP ?aan 2 ; LM ?aan4 ; PS, NM 7aan! 0933 - to read, B3

SW - S, W, B 7aan 2; Sh ?aan2 - 'to read aloud, as a scholar, count'; LNK 7aan3; LCH, LMY 7aan2 'to read, to count' CN - LP hans; LM, WN 7aan2 ; LC 7aan2 ('to count' in CN languages) N - Sk ?aan l (A3?)

171

Comparative Tai Source Book

0934 - to lean back, A3, (cf. 0755) Not in SW languages CN - LP 7aai; LM ?aay\ LC 7ii3 7aayl 'arm-chair'; PS, NM 7aayl 0935 - father's younger brother, A3, (cf. 0752) SW - S ?aal; W, B 7aaw l; Sh 7aaw l 'father's younger brother or husband of father's younger sister', same as 7aa l ; LNK 7aaw2 ; LCH 7aaw l; LMY 7aaw4 CN - LM, WN 7aa~; LC 7aaw2 'father's younger brother or husband offather's younger sister'; PS 7aaw2 (B3 in CN languages) N - Y 7aaw l; Sk 7aaws (84); WM 7aaw l 0936 - classifier for things, A3 SW - S, W, B 7an l ; Sh ?anI 'which, that which; a substantive particle'; LNK 7an 2 ; LCH 1an l; LMY 7an4 CN - LP 7an2 ; LM 7an 4 ; WN, LC, NM 7an l N - Sk 7al l (00), 7an l (YO) 0937 - mirror, B2 Not in SW languages CN - LP kii115; LM kii112; WN ci112; PS, NM kiiT]2 0938 - gold, A2 (cf. 0117) Not in SW languages CN - LP kiml; LM kiml; WN dml; LC, PS kim\ NM kyom l N - Y dml; WM kiml 0939 - sword, B2, (cf. 0433) Not in SW languages CN - LP kiim s; LM, LC, PS, NM kiim2 0940 - a saw, to saw, 82, (cf. 0192) SW - W kw s (B4) CN - LP kn 5; LM hUj2; WN chww 2 ; LC, PS kWW1; NM kaUj2 N - Y kw 2 0941 - work (noun), A2, (cf. 0722) Not in SW languages CN - LP kOT]2; LM kOT]I; WN ka116 (C4); LC kUT]1 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM k0111 0942 - buttocks, C2 SW - S kon 3 ; W kun 3 ; B, Sh kon3 ; LNK kon s; LCH, LMY kun' CN - LP kon 3 ; LM kom\ kod; LC kun>; PS, NM kon 3

172

Cognates

0943 - seed, hard core, B2, (cf. 0213, 0457) SW - S, W, B, Sh ken 2 ; LNK kssn 2 (A2); LCH ken 2 ; LMY ken' (A2) CN - LP keen 5; LM keen 2; WN cen 1 ; PS keen 2 ('hard' in CN languages) N - Sk keel 6 (OG), keen6 (YG) 0944 - fishbone, C2 SW - S, W, 8, Sh kaaT]3; LNK kaaT]5; LCH, LMY kaaT]3 CN - LP, LM, PS, NM kaaT]l N - Sk kaaT]l 0945 - to take up in the two cupped hands, DL2 SW - S bOpl; 8, Sh kopl; LCH, LMY kOOp2 CN - LP kOOp5; LM kOOpl; WN bp2; LC, PS, NM kOOp2 0946 - door latch, A2 SW - S kloon ' 'door latch; rafter'; W bn t 'roofbeam'; 8 kon ' ; Sh kon ' 'rafter'; LNK bon 2 ; LCH, LMY kon' CN - LP coon 2 ; LM, LC, PS, NM kyoon ' ('to close a door or window' in CN languages) 0947 - price, 82, (cf. 0500) Not in SW languages CN - LP kyaa 5 ; LM kyaa2 ; WN caa2; LC, PS kyaa 2 0948 - shelf above a fire, 81 SW - W caa3 (C?); Sh khaa2 (8?); LCH, LMY xaa2 (8?) CN - LP kyaa 5 ; LM kyaa1 ; WN chaa 2 ; PS kyaal (82 in CN languages) N - Sk thraa6 (C4) 0949 - melon, A2 SW - S kwaa ' 'cucumber'; LCH, LMY kwaa l 'kind of gourd' CN - LP kwaa1 ; LM, LC, PS, NM kwaa 1 0950 -to roll up, C2 SW - W kon 3 CN - LP, LM kwiin 3 ; LC kwiin 3 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM kwiin 3 0951 - to chop, DLl, (cf. 0466) SW - W khwe7 l ; B khia7 2 CN - LP, LM, LC khiik2 0952 - bridge, A4 (cf. 0544) Not in SW languages eN - LP khii~; LM, LC, PS, NM kiiw4 N - Y ciaw4 ; Sk khaw4 ; WM kiaw1

173

Comparative Tai Source Book

0953 - penis, A4 SW - S khuayi; W xwa/; B kua/; Sh kway4, kal; LNK khoy6; LCH, LMYkwal CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM val 0954 - turbid, DS4, (cf. 0162) Not in SW languages CN - LP khot4 ; LM kot4 ; LC kut4 taat2 ; PS, NM kd 0955 - to feed, AI, (cf. 0187) SW - S khun s; LNK khun' CN - LP, LM khon'; LC khun'; PS, NM khon' 0956 - scissors, C2 SW - W, B hw3 CN - LP kheew4 ; LM, LC, PS, NM keew4 (A4 in CN languages) N - Sk hEW (Could all these be cognate with S khiaw' 'sickle'?) 0957 - classifier for garments, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP khoTj4; LM IUU114; WN, LC kUTj4; PS k0114; NM tOTj4 0958 - indigo, Bl, (cf. 0534) Not in SW languages CN - LP khon s (B?); LM khon 2 ; WN khun2 ; PS, NM khon 2 0959 - to cut, B4, (cf. 0692) Not in SW languages CN - LP khee 5; LM kee 5, hees; WN hEE s; LC, PS, NM keel 0960 - branch, B4, (cf. 0488) SW - W xaa5; B llaa5; Sh khaa3 ; LNK TJaa3 ; LCH, LMY xaa s 'fork in a road' CN - LP khaa 5; LM, WN TJaa 5; LC, PS kaa 5; NM TJaa 5 N - Sk Tjaa5 0961 - ape, B4 SW - S khaa113; Sh kaa113; LNK khaaTj3; LCH, LMY kaaTJ5 CN - LP khaaTj5; LM, PS, NM kaaTjs N - Sk khaa115, khaaTj6 (C4) 0962 - threshold, C4 Not in SW languages CN - LP khaam 3; LM, WN, LC, PS kaam 6

174

Cognates

0963 - to squeeze, massage, C4 SW - S khan 4; W, B kan 6; Sh kan 5 'to wrestle, ravish'; LNK khan 5; LCH, LMY kan 6 CN - LP khan 3 ; LM kan6 ; WN kan 6 'to wrestle'; NM kan6 N - Sk khal 6 (OG), khan6 (YG) 0964 - tight, DS4 SW - S khap4; W kap4; B, Sh kap 5; LNK khap 3; LCE, LMY kap 5 CN - LP kap2 (DS2?); LM kap 3 (DS2?); WN kap4; LC, PS, NM kap4 ('narrow' in CN languages) 0965 - shady, cloudy, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS kham\ NM ham l 0966 - swollen, B4, (cf. 0769, 0785) SW - W, B kaUj5; Sh kaUj3; LCH, LMY kai CN - LP khaUj\ LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kaUj5 0967 - crooked, hunchback, A4, (cf. 0147) SW - LCH, LMY b0 4; PS koo 4 CN - LP khoo\ LM, LC koo 4 0968 - poor; difficult, C I, (cf. 0390) SW - W kh0 3; B kh0 2 (8?) CN - LP kho0 3 ; LM ho0 3 ; LC, PS, NM kho0 3 0969 - a hook, Al SW - S kho0 5; W xo l; 8, Sh khol; LNK, LCH, LMY xoo l CN - LP khoo 4 (A4); LM, WN, PS khoOI N - Sk ho0 2 0970 - to kneel down, 84, (cf. 0920) Not in SW languages CN - LP khwii5; LM k wey5; WN kii 5; LC kwii 5 0971 - cupboard, 84, (cf. 0705) SW - W kuy2 (82?) CN - LP khwii5; LM kwey5; WN kii 5; LC, PS kwii\ NM kwey5 0972 - fist, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP khwiin 4 ; LM kwiin 4 ; WN kin4; LC kam 1 kwiin4 'to make a fist'; PS, NMkwiin4

175

Comparative Tai Source Book

0973 - trousers, B I Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM khwaa2 ; WN khaa1 ; LC, PS khwaa2 ; NM vaa2 0974 - cave (actually a recess beneath a projection in a cliff), A4, (cf. 0365) Not in SW languages CN - LP T]YYm4; LM T]wwm4; WN T]um4; LC ilyym4 (Li says < Chinese); PS T]YYm4; NM ilwwm4 0975 - time, turn, DL4, (cf. 0597, 1058, 1155) SW - S iluat'; B iluat5; LNK iluatS CN - LP vuut S; LM T]uut5; LC iluut4 (,month' in CN languages) 0976 - to look, A4, (cf. 1094) SW - Sh ilol 'to look at slyly' CN - LP, LM, LC, PS ilool 0977 - first (month), A2 SW - W ceT]l; B ciaT]l; Sh seT]l; LCH, LMY ceT]l CN - LP ciilz; LM ciiT]\ WN ciT]\ LC, PS, NM ciiT]1 N - Sk ciaill 0978 - blanket, A2, (cf. 1128) SW - W cenl CN - LP ciin 2 ; LM, PS, NM ciin! 0979 - to turn, B2 Not in SW languages CN - LP ciin 5 ; LM, PS, NM ciin 2 0980 - wall, A4, (cf. 0058) Not in SW languages CN - LP +iil 4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS ciil4; NM SY1']4

0981 - to cook, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP Cyy3; LM CYLlj3; LC, PS cww3 0982 - to fry, A2 SW - W, B cw 1 CN - LP ceen2 ; LM ceen 1; WN cenl; PS, NM ceen! 0983 - bottomless cage, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS caam 3

176

Cognates

0984 - raised net, A2, (the type of net called yoo! in S) SW - Sh sam!; LCH, LMY cam! CN - LP cam2 ; LM, WN, LC, PS cam l 0985 - thousand, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM chiin 1; LC siin l (Li says < Chinese); PS siin l; NM ~iinl 0986 - money, A4, (cf. 0250) SW - W, B cen4 CN - LP cheen4 ; LM ceen 4 ; WN cen4 ; LC ceen 4 (Li says < Chinese); PS ceen4 ; NM seen4 0987 - fork, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM chaa l ; WN chaa6 (C4); LC saa l ; PS, NM saa l 0988 - wrong, incorrect, B 17, (cf. 0295) SW - W caa5 'false' (B4) CN - LP, LM chaa2 (B 1); WN saa3 (C 17); LC saa2 (B 17); PS, NM saa2 (B 1) 0989 - it is, B4 SW - S chal; W cw 5; Sh saUl} 'true, certain'; LCH, LMY cai CN - LP chn 5; LM CYUl 5 ; WN caUl 5; LC cww 5 'to be; to belong'; PS cww 5; NM caUlS 0990 - bed, A4, (cf. 0932) SW - W COT]4; LCH, LMY COT]4 'bed of a monk' CN - LP ChOOT]4; LM C0011\ WN C0114; LC COOT]4 (,table' in CN languages) 0991 - to hide, C3, (cf. 0806, 100 I) Not in SW languages CN - LP dii 3 ; LM nii 3 ; LC, PS die 0992 - navel, C3 (cf. 0050) Not in SW languages CN - LP -dii 3 ; LM -ney3; WN, PS -dii 3 0993 - wine dregs, B3, (cf. 0924) Not in SW languages CN - LP dyyS; LM nww 2 ; LC, PS dww 2; NM dww 4 0994 - to smell something, A3 SW - S doml; W dum l; B doml; Sh nom l; LNK dom 2 ; LCH dum l ; LMY dum 4 CN - LP dom 2; WN dom l N - Sk dam l 177

Comparative Tai Source Book

0995 - numb, benumbed by cold, e3

SW - Sh laa'!)3 CN- LP daa'!)3; LM naa'!)3; Le daa'!)3 ('cold' in CN languages) 0996 - idle, free, A3, (cf. 1105)

SW - S, W, B daayl; Sh laayl 'to be empty, barren, alone'; LeH daayl; LMY daa/ eN - LP daay2; LM naa/; WN daayl; Le, PS, NM daayl N - Sk dyyyl 0997 - to make a fire, A3, (cr. 0818)

sw - W daTJI CN - LP daTJ2; LM naTJ4; WN, Le, PS, NM daTJl 0998 - to sting, e3

SW - B dan 3 eN - LP dan 3 ; LM nan 3 ; WN, LC dan 3 ('to itch' in eN languages) 0999 - to swim under water, A3

SW - S, W, B daml; Sh lam l 'to dive'; LCH daml; LMY dam4 CN - LP dam 2 ; LM nam4 ; WN, PS, NM dam l 1000 - enough, A3, (cf. 0644) SW - B nol eN - LP do0 2 ; LM no0 4 ; Le, PS, NM doo l 1001 - to hide, take shelter, e3, (0806, 0991) Not in SW languages eN - LP do0 3 ; LM no0 3; Le, PS do0 3 1002 - hill, e3, (cf. 0657, 0778) Not in SW languages eN - LP dooTJ3; LM noo'!)3; LC doo'!)3 'wilderness; outskirts ofa village'; PS, NM doo'!)3 1003 - to hit, play, etc. (in phrases), DS2 SW - S, W, B tok2 ; Sh twk4; LNK, LCH, LMY tokl eN - LP t''ik 2 ; LM t¥k 3; WN tyk6 (in many expressions, but thok6 paa l 'to fish'); LC tik2 'to do, to cause' N - Sk twk4 1004 - earth, dirt, A2, (cf. 0445) SW - S tom l 'mud' eN - LP tom 2 ; LM tom l ; LC tum l; PS, NM tom'

178

Cognates

1005 - to light (fire, lamp), C2, (cf. 0688) Not in SW languages CN - LP tiim 3, teem}; LM tiim 3 ; WN tem 3 ; LC, PS, NM teem 3 1006 - hot; angry, C3, (cf. 0314) Not in SW languages CN - LP diiw3 ; LM niiwl 'to scorch'; LC, PS, NM dihvl 1007 - plugged up, A2, (cf. 0014) SW - S, W, B tan l ; Sh tan l 'to be solid, have no cavity'; LNK tan 2 ; LCH, LMYtan l CN - LP tan 2; LM tan l N - Sk ten l 1008 - to hold, contain, A2 Not in SW languages CN - LP to0 2 ; LM tool; WN to0 4 (A4); LC, PS, NM tool 1009 - kind of wasp, B2 SW - S to0 2 ; W, B t0 2; Sh t0 2 'a large hornet'; LNK too\ LCH, LMY to0 2 CN - LP to0 5 ; LM, WN, PS, NM to0 2 N - Sk to0 6 1010 - to gamble, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM to0 3 N - Sk to0 3 'to challenge' 1011 - a piece, lump, B2 SW - B ton 2 ; LNK toon 3 ; LCH, LMY ton 2 CN - LP toon5 'a meal'; LM toon 2 'a meal'; LC toon 2 'meal, numeral classifier of meals'; PS toon 2 'meal' 1012 - to listen, hear, B4, (cf. 0735, 0869) Not in SW languages CN - LP thiTj\ LM tillS; LC, PS tillS; NM h'Tjs 1013 - sugar, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP thY¥Tjl; LM thWWTjI; WN thwllI; LC th¥¥lll (Li says < Chinese); PS th¥Yll 1; NM thWWTjI 1014 - to swallow, AI, (cf. 0816) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM th¥nl; WN thwn 6 (C4); PS th¥nl; NM then l

179

Comparative Tai Source Book

1015 - chopsticks, B 1 SW - W, B, Sh thu 2; LCH, LMY thuu 2 CN - LP thuu 2; LM tho";; WN, PS thuu 2; NM thaLll 2 N - Sk thww 5, thuu S (B4) 1016 - kind of basket, Cl SW - W thu1l3 CN - LP, LM tho1l3 'bucket'; PS, NM tho1l3 1017 - wet, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP thom 4 ; LM tom4 ; LC tum 4 1018 - to carry on the back, C4, (cf. 1043) Not in SW languages CN - LP thee}; LM, LC, PS tee6 1019 - to smear, A4 SW - S thaa!; W, B, Sh taa\ LNK thaa6 ; LCH, LMY taa4 CN - LP thaa4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS taa4 N - Sk thaa4 1020 - all, A4, (cr. 0225) SW - S tha1l4 (C4); W tW1l4; Sh ta1l4; LNK tha1l6; LCH, LMY tWll\ taT]4 (frequently taaT]4 in both places) CN - LP thaT]4; LM tall\ WN taT]\ tWT]4; LC, PS, NM ta1l4 N - Sk thWT]4 1021 - place (in expressions for above, below, etc.), Cl Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM than}; LC than} 'side, place' 1022 - to shave, B 1 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS thai 1023 - bag, B4, (cf. 0717) SW - W, B tal; LNK thai; LCH, LMY tal CN - LP thal; LM, WN, LC, PS tayS 1024 - rabbit, DL? SW - W th::>7 2 ; B tb?5 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM tho0 2 (81 in CN languages)

180

Cognates

1025 - to gather, A4 Not in SW languages CN LP tho0 4 ; LM, WN to04 ; LC to0 4 'to provide, to store up'; PS, NM to04 1026 - to do reciprocally, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP thoo4; LM, LC, PS, NM to0 4 1027 - brass, copper, A4 SW - S thOO1']l; W, B, Sh t01']4; LNK thOO1']6 'gold'; LCH, LMY t01']4 CN - LP thoo1']4; LM too1']\ WN t01']\ LC, PS, NM tOO1']4 N - Sk thOO1']4 (only in certain expressions < Lao or Siamese) 1028 - to flee, Al SW - S niis; B, Sh nil; LNK, LCH, LMY nii l CN - LP niP; LM neyl; WN niP,jliP; LC, PS niil; NM neyl 1029 - crop (of a chicken), Al SW - S nia1']5; W ne1']l; B nia1']l; Sh ne1']l; LNK nia1']!; LMY ne1']l CN - LP, LM nii1']l 1030 - to be sticky, AI, (cf. 0603) SW - Sh no l CN - LP, LM, WN nuu!; LC khaw3 nuu! 'glutinous rice'; PS nuu! 1031 - to put on, wear, B4, (cf. 0894) SW - S nU1']3 (lower garment only); W, B nU1']5; Sh nU1']3, nW1l3; LNK nU1']3; LCH, LMY nUllS CN - LP n01l5; LM 10115; WN, LC nUllS; PS n01l5 1032 - breast, A4 SW - S nom!; W num 4 ; B, Sh nom 4 ; LNK nom 6 ; LCH, LMY nUm4 CN - LP, LM, PS, NM nom 4 N - Sk nom4 (only in the meaning 'milk') 1033 -lady, A4 SW - S naall1; W, B, Sh naa1']4; LNK naa1l6; LCH, LMY naa1l4 CN - LP, LM naa1l4; WN naa1']4 'wife of older brother'; PS, NM naa1']4 N - Sk naa1']4 1034 - kind of deer, C4, (cf. 0 I 09, apparently the same animal as 0782) Not in SW languages CN - LP naan 3 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naan 6

181

Comparative rai Source Book

1035 - dew, mist, A4 SW - Sh naal CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM naal 1036 - top of the head, A4 Not in SW languages N - Y naut; Sk nn 4 1037 - which, A?, (cf. 0438) SW - S nays, dayl, rayl; W, B daUJl; Sh laUJl, naUJI C - LP naUJ4 (A4); LC naUJI; PS naUJ4 (A4); NM kaUJ4 N - Y laUJ4 (A4); Sk nn\ nyy2 'where' (AI) 1038 - the morning, AI, (cf. 0028) SW - Sh laUJl, naUJI; LCH nayl CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naUJI 1039 - to rub, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM nool; WN no0 6 (C4); PS nool 1040 - flour, A3 SW - W byl 'yeast, leaven'; B bwa l; LCH byyl CN - LP bn 2 ; LM mww 4; LC, PS bww ' N - Sk bwa l 1041 - to poison (fish), A3/B3?, (cf. 0411, 0598) SW - S bwa2 (B3); W by2 (83); 8 bwa ' (A3); Sh my2 (B3); LNK bwa2 (A3); LCH byy' (A3); LMY bn 4 (A3) CN - LP bn 2 (A3); LM mww 2 (B3); WN bww l 'to poison' (A3), bww 2 'poisonous' (83); LC, PS bww 1 (A3) N - Sk vial 'to poison' (A3), via6 'to be poisoned by' (83) 1042 - an edible water plant, C3 SW - S, W bUTJ3; B bOTJ3; LCH, LMY bUT]3 CN - LP bOTJ3; LM mOTJl; WN bWT]3; LC phyak2 bUTJ3 buu2 ('sweet potato' in CN languages) 1043 - to carryon the back, DL3, (cf. 1018) SW - S beek 2 ; W, B be?2; Sh mek2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY beek2 CN - LP beek 5; LM meek2; WN bek 2 ; Le, PS, NM beek 2 1044 - a package; to wrap up, A3 Not in SW languages CN - LP been2 ; LM meen4; LC, PS, NM been l

182

Cognates

1045 - to spill, B3 SW - S, W baa2 ; B baa2, vaa2 ; LNK naam s baa3 'flood'; LCH, LMY baa2 CN - LP baas; LM maa2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baa2 1046 - to squirm, struggle, C3 SW - S din 3 ; Sh lin 3 ; LNK dins; LCH, LMY tin 3 1047 - crucible, C3 SW - S baw3 ; W baw 'a cast, mold'; B baw 3 taa l 'eye socket'; Sh maw; LNK baws; LCH, LMY baw CN - LP baw3 'head'; LM maw3 'jug'; WN baw3 'gourd'; LC, PS bawl 'head' N - Sk bavl 1048 - queue (referring to hair), A2 Not in SW languages CN - LP piin 2; LM piin I ; LC piin i (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM pHn! 1049 - half, B2 Not in SW languages CN - LP puun 5 ; LM puun2 ; LC puun 2 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM puun 2 1050 - a board, C2 SW - W, B, Sh pen); LNK peens; LCH, LMY pen) CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM peen 3 N - Sk peen 3 1051 - hemp, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh paan 2 ; LNK paan 3 ; LMY paan 2 CN - LM, WN paan 2 'ramie'; LC paan 2 1052 - to divide, A2, (cf. 0761) SW - S, W, B pan I ; Sh pan! 'to give'; LNK pan 2; LCH, LMY pan i CN - LP pan 2; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM pan i N - Sk pan i 1053 - to mold with the hands, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pan 3 ; LNK pans; LCH, LMY pan 3 CN - LP, LM, WN pan 3 ; LC pan3 'to work in clay or clay-like substance'; NM pan) N - Sk vaP (OG), van 3 (YG) 1054 - to feed (a child or invalid), C2 SW - S poon 3 ; W, B, Sh pon 3 ; LNK poon 5 ; LMY pon 3 CN - LP, LM poon 3 ; WN pon 3 ; LC, NM poon3 N - Sk puun6 (B2)

183

Comparative Tai Source Book

1055 - white, DLl, (cf. 0509) SW - S phwak2; LCH, LMY phyyk 2 CN - LP phyyk2 ; LM phwwk2; LC, PS phYYk 2; NM phwwk2 N - Sk only in saal)6 phwak6 'white elephant' 1056 - goose, B4, (cf. 0068) Not in SW languages CN - LP phyn 5; LM, LC, PS pyn 5; NM pens 1057 - to whittle, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, PS, NM pheen l 1058 - a time, A4, (cf. 0597,0975, 1155) Not in SW languages CN - LP phay4; LM, WN, LC, PS pay4 1059 - bamboo, B I SW - S phay2; LNK phai; LCH, LMY phaf CN - LP phay2; WN phay2 'a kind of hardwood'; LC, PS phay2 N - Sk phray 6 'a kind of wild bamboo' 1060 - a mound, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP ph004; LM p004; WN pOOl 'mountain' (A?); LC, PS p004 1061 - orphan, C4 SW - S (kam 1) phraa4 ; LCH (kam 2) phaa6 ; LMY (kam 2) faa6 CN - LP phyaa3 ; LM pyaa6 ; WN paa6 ; LC, PS, NM pyaa6 N - Sk thraa6 1062 - vinegar, B I SW - B me; Sh mi 2 'seasoning'; LCH, LMY nam 6 mji2 'pepper sauce' (mW 'to prepare food in the form of a salad') CN - LP mji2; LM mey2; WN, LC, PS mii2; NM mel 1063 - to return, A4 SW - S mwa 1 (obsolete); W my4 'to go upstream'; B mwa4 'to go upstream' (opposite of pay I 'to go downstream'); Sh my4; LNK mwa6 ; LCH, LMY myy4 'to go' CN - LP myy4; LM mww 4 ; LC, PS, NM mww4 N - Sk mwa4 (said to be < Lao) 1064 - frost, A I SW - W mvyl; B mwayl 'dew'; Sh moyl; LCH, LMY mvyl 'dew, mist' CN - LP myyyl; LM muu/; WN mwyl; PS myyyl; NM muuyl 184

Cognates

1065 - spicy hot, B4, (cf. 0639, 0890) Not in S W languages CN - LP, LM, PS m¥n 5; NM mens 1066 - round, A4, (cf. 0817) SW - B, Sh mon 4 ; LCH, LMY mun 4 CN - LP, LM m¥n4; WN man4 ; LC, PS m¥n4; NM men 4 N - Sk mon 4 1067 - plum, C4 SW - W man 6 ; LCH, LMY sum 3 maak 2 man6 'a kind offruit' CN - LP man 3; LM, WN, PS, NM man 6 1068 - drunk, A4 SW - S maw'; W, B maw4 ; Sh maw4 'giddy, dizzy'; LNK mawl>; LCH, LMY maw4 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM maw4 N - Sk maw4 1069 - ox, A4, (cf. 0256) Not in SW languages eN - LP, LM, WN moo 4 ; LC moo 6 (C4); PS, NM mo04 N - Sk boo 4 1070 - dawn, BI Not in SW languages eN - LM moon2 ; LC moon 2 'twilight'; PS moon 2 1071 - to stretch out, DL3, (cf. 0742) SW - S yiat2; W yet2; B yiat2; Sh yet2; LNK yiat2 ; LCH, LMY yeet2 CN - LP yiit 5; LM 7iit2 ; WN 7it2; LC, PS, NM yiit2 1072 - to step on, DL3, (cf. 0392) SW - S yiap2; Sh yep2; LNK yiap2; LCH, LMY yeep2 CN - LP yii p5; LM 7iip2 N - Sk yi ap 6 1073 - hawk, B 1, (cf. 1100) SW - S hiaw2, yiaw2; W hew2, yew2; B hiaw2 CN - LP, LM, PS yiiwS (B4) 1074 - a small shrimp, A4 SW - Sh llE:W4 eN - LP, LM, LC, PS yiiw4

185

Comparative Tal Source Book

1075 - Indian corn, B4 Not in SW languages CN - LP yyy 5 ; LM YYUj5; LC kha\~ yww 4 (A4); PS yww 5 ; NM paUjs 1076 - oil, A4, (cf. 0584) SW - W yaw4 ; B yav0 (said to be < Vietnamese); LCH, LMY maak 2 yaw4 'kind of fruit that yields oil' (cognate?) CN - LP yuu4 ; LM yow4; WN yiw4; LC, PS yuu 4 ; NM yow4 1077 - to use, B4?, (cf. 0032) SW - W YUT}4 (A4) eN - LP, LM Y0T}'; WN YUT}2 (B?); LC YUT}5 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM YOT}5 1078 - to cover, A4, (cf. 0282, 0794) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, WN yaa4 ; LC yaa4 'to cover up, to screen, to mend' 1079 - kind, B3 SW - S yaaT}2; LNK yaaT}3; LCH, LMY yaaT}2 CN - LP ynT}5; LM YWWT}s; WN yiT}5; LC YYYT}5 'form, manner' (Li says < Chinese); PS YYYT}5; NM YWWT}5 (B4 in CN languages) N - Sk yaaT}6 1080 - slack, A4 SW - S yaanl; W, B, Sh yaan 4 ; LNKpaan6 ; LCH, LMY yaan4 N - Sk yaaJ 4 (OG), yaan4 (YG) 1081 - light, daybreak, B4, (cf. 0676) SW - S ruT}3; W, B hU1]5; Sh hU1]' 'to shine'; LCH hU1]5 (also in the name Chieng Hung: ce1]4 hU1]s; literary ruT}5); LMY hU1]5 CN - LP f01]5; LM JOT]5; WN OUT]5; LC +U1]5 'to dawn; to be bright'; PS, NM f01]5 N - Y ro1]5; Sk roo1]5 1082 - to fight, DS4 SW - S rop4; Sh hops 'to find, meet with'; LNK hop) 'to fight (only of cocks)' CN - LP fOp4; LM lop4; LC +Up4 ('to meet' in CN languages) N - Sk JOp6 1083 - gutter, trough, A4 SW - S raan 1; W, B, Sh haa1]4; LNK haa1l6; LMY haa1]4 CN - LP faaT]4; LM laan 4 ; WN oaaT]4; LC taan4 N - Y rua1]4; Sk haa1]4

186

Cognates

1084 - to receive, DS4 SW - S rap4; B, Sh haps; LNK hap 3 CN - LP +ap4; LM lap\ WN oap4; LC, PS +ap 4 N - Sk rap6 1085 - to cry out, C4 SW - S roo114; W, B h01l6; Sh ho'lls; LNK hoo'lls, bo'lls; LCH, LMY hO'll6 CN - LP +00'll3; LM 100'll6; WN 0011 6 ; LC +0011 6 1086 - string, A4, (cf. 0323) SW - W lin4 CN - LP, LM lin4; WN lan4 ; LC, PS lin 4; NM len 4 1087 - lotus, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM liin4; WN fin 5 (B4); LC liin 4 (Li says < Chinese); PS liin4 1088 - sickle, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP liim4; LM niim4; LC, PS, NM liim 4 N - Sk liam 4 1089 - to sharpen, AI, (cf. 0463, 0556, 0560,1107) Not in SW languages CN - LP Iiiw 1 'to peel'; LM liiwl; LC, PS liiw 1 'to peel' 1090 - to play, B4, (cf. 0184) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM liiws; WN Iiws; LC, PS, NM Iiiw 5 1091 - wife of man's younger brother, A4, (cf. 0289) SW - W 104; B lua4 'wife of father's younger brother'; Sh 104 'one's elder brother's wife' CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS luu4 ('daughter-in-law' in CN languages) N - Sk luaw4 'wife of father's younger brother' 1092 - blunt-pointed, B 1 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS luu2 1093 - all (day, etc.), B4 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM lyn 5 ; PS tins; NM lenS

187

Comparative Tai Source Book

1094 - to look, A4, (cf. 0976) SW - S IEEI; W, B IE4; LNK IEE 6; LCH, LMY IEE4 'to look sideways' CN - LP, LM lee4 1095 - lightning, DL4 SW - S lEEp 3; B mEp5 'to stick out (the tongue)'; Sh maap) 'to blaze, flame; to glitter, glance as a ray of light'; LNK h:Eps 'to stick out'; LCH, LMY mEEpS CN - LP, LM meeps; WN maaps; LC meep4 'to glitter', faa6 meep4 'lightning'; PS, NM meeps 1096 - to run, B4 SW - S IEn 3 ; W, BIEns; Sh lEn 3; LNK lEEn 3 ; LCH, LMY lEnS CN - LP, LM leen s; WN lenS; LC, PS leen s 1097 - (rice) cooked in a bamboo tube, Al SW - S (khaawl) laam 5 ; B laam l ; Sh laam l 'to hold in the fire'; LNK (khaw4 ) laam 1; LCH, LMY (xaw3) laam! CN - LP, LM, WN laam l ; LC khaw3 laam l ; PS laam! 1098 - soybeans, Cl Not in SW languages CN - LP hall3; LM laT}3; PS haT}3 1099 - to water (plants), A4, (cf. 0887) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM lam 4 1100 - hawk, 84, (cf. 1073) Not in SW languages CN - LP lamS 'eagle'; LM, WN lamS; LC lamS 'a kind of eagle or hawk'; PS lamS N - Sk lamS 1101 - road, 84, (cf. 0364, 0474) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM 100 5 1102 - to surround (as with a fence), C4, (cf. 0921) SW - S b:)m 4 ; W, B bm 6 ; Sh bms; LNK \o:)m s; LCH, LMY bm 6 CN - LP 100m3 ; LM 100m6 ; WN hom6 , hum 6 ; LC, PS 100m6 1103 - thunder, A4, (cf. 0878) Not in SW languages CN - LM, LC looy4; PS poos lool

188

Cognates

1104 - tile, C4 Not in SW languages CN - LP vaa 3; LM vaa6 ; LC, PS vaa6 ; NM fJwaa6 1105 - free, idle, B 1, (cf. 0996) SW - S waafJ3 (84); W vaafJ2; Sh waafJ2 'to assist gratuitously'; LNK waafJ3 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM vaafJ2 1106 - heart, AI, (cf. 0022) Not in SW languages CN - LP iim!; LM simI; LC, PS -tim!; NM fom! 1107 - to sharpen to a point, CI, (cf. 0436,0556,0560, 1089) SW - S siam 3 ; Sh shem 3 ; LNK siam 4 ; LCH, LMY sem3 CN - LP iiim}; LM siim3 ; LC iiim3 'sharp' 1108 - pillar, AI, (cf. 0675) Not in SW languages CN - LP fiiw 1; LM seew 1; LC faw!, iiiw l ; PS fiiw! 1109 - to swim, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP iiiw 1; LM seew l ; LC, PS fiiw l 1110 - to embroider, B 1 SW - W, B sew2 ; Sh shew 2 'to sew for decoration'; LNK seew3 'to baste'; LCH, LMY sew2 CN - LP iiiw2; LM seew2; WN sew3 (C?); PS fiiw; NM fiiwl (tone?)

1111 - day before yesterday, A4 SW - S swum!; W, B swn4 ; Sh shwn 4 (in 'day before yesterday', 'month before last', 'year before last'); LNK, LCH, LMY swn 4 CN - LP h'l(n4 ; LM s'l(n 4 ; WN sin 4 ; LC van 4 fin 4 ; PS iin 4 ; NM ien 4 I 112 - a part, B 1 SW - S, B suan 2 ; LNK suan3 ; LCH, LMY son 2 N - Sk sual 6 (OG), suan6 (YG) 1113 - classifier for long, thin objects, Cl SW - S sen3 ; Sh shen 3 'string, rope'; LNK sen 4 ; LCH, LMY sin l CN - WN san 3 N - Sk sell (OG), sen3 (YG) 1114 - a lock, Cl Not in SW languages CN - LP iaa\ LM saa3 ; WN saa2 (8?); LC, PS iaa3 189

Comparative Tai Source Book

1115 - cockroach, DLl SW - S, B, LNK, LCH, LMY saap2 CN - LP +aap2; LM, WN saap2; LC, PS +aap2; NM +aak 2 N - Sk saap6 1116 - to wash, A4, (cf. 0325, 0552) SW - S saaw'; Sh taaw 4 'to wash for gold'; LNK thaa~ 'to seek in water with a stick, hook, spoon, etc.'; LCH, LMY taaw4 'to feel about in water; to wash (rice) in water' CN - LP +aaw4 ; LM saaw4 ; WN taaw4 'to wash for gold'; LC, PS, NM +aaw4 1117 - one or so, any, DS 1 SW - S, W, B sak2; Sh shak4 'particle denoting separation'; LCH, LMY saki CN - LP +ak2; LM sak3 ; WN sak 6 ; LC, PS +ak2 N - Sk sak4 111& - pig-feed, Cl, (cf. 0661) Not in SW languages CN - LM sam3 ; LC +am 3 1 I 19 - small, B I, (cf. 0246) Not in SW languages CN - LP +ay2; LM say2; LC, PS, NM h y2 1120 - to poke, C2, (cf. 0034) SW - S ciP; W ci 3 ; Sh sP 'to sting as an insect'; LNK ciP 'to hold up, rob'; LMY cii 3 'to sting' 1121 - to teach, Al SW - S soon 5 ; W son l 'to imitate'; B sonl; Sh shon' 'to study, learn, acquire knowledge'; LCH, LMY son l CN - LP +oon l ; LM soon 1; WN sonl, son'; LC, PS +oon' S - Sk sool2 (OG), soon 2 (YG) 1122 - to pound (rice) again, C4 SW - S soom4 ; W, B som 6 ; Sh shom 5; LCH, LMY som 6 CN - LP +oom3 ; LM soom 6 ; LC khaw3 +oom 6 'husked rice'; PS +00m 6 1123 - necklace, CI SW - S sol; W soy) 'earring'; B sol 'necklace; chain'; Sh shoy 'a tuft, a tassel'; LCH, LMY sol CN - LP fool 'earring'; LM sooy 'earring'; WN sol 'necklace, bracelet'; LC, PS iooy 'earring' N - Sk sool

190

Cognates

1124 - a harrow, Al SW - Sh phVI; LCH phVVI; LMY fvv l CN - LP phVVI; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM phWWI N - Sk phiaz 1125 - to braid, Al SW - W f'll; B fwal; Sh ph'll; LNK fwal; LCH, LMY f'lVI CN - LP ph'lvl; LM, WN phWW1; LC phwwl 'to dress (hair)'; PS, NM phWWI N - Sk pial 1126 - mat, DL4, (cf. 0763) SW - S fuuk 3 'mattress'; W fur; B fu7 5; LNK fuuk 5 'mattress' CN - LP fok s; LM fooks; WN fuk 5; LC fuk4; PS fok 4 (DS4); NM fuuk s 1127 - water tortoise, Al SW - W faa l; LNK (paa2) faa!; LCH, LMY faa! CN - LP, LM, WN, PS phaa l N - Sk via3 (probably not cognate) 1128 - blanket, A4, (cf. 0978) SW - B faa4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM faa 4 'quilt' 1129 - to bury, Al SW - S faT)5; W, B faT)!; Sh phaT)!; LNK, LCH, LMY faT)1 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC phaT)! 1130 - to make (rope), CI SW - S, W, B fan); Sh phan3 'to twist tight and hard'; LNK fan 4 ; LCH, LMY fan 3 CN - LP, LM phan\ LC phan3 'to twist'; NM phan3 1131 - market, B4 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM faU.f5; LC faU.f 4 (A4); PS, NM faU.f 5 1132 - mole, Al SW - S fayS; LCH, LMY fal 'freckles' (Bl, cognate?) CN - LP, LM, PS may! 1133 - vagina, Al SW - S hii 5; W, B, Sh hil; LNK, LCH hiit CN - LP, LM hiit; WN sii l; PS hiil; NM heyl

191

Comparative Tai Source Book

1134 - to do, to make, DS4?, (cf. 0823) SW - S yd 'to have intercourse'; Wyet\ B yee; Sh hd (DSI); LNK hd; LCH, LMY het5 CN - LP hee (hie?); LM hae; LC hit2 ; PS hee; NM het4 (DSI in CN languages) N - Sk hit6 1135 - cage, BI Not in S W languages CN - LP hOTJ2; LM IOTJ2; LC hUTJ2; PS hOTJ2; NM khyoTJ 2 1136 - pot, frying pan, D L I, (cf. 0227) SW - B he7 2 'pot' CN - LP, LM heek2 'frying pan'; LC heek 2 'pot, caldron, kettle'; PS, NM heek2 'round-bottomed frying pan' N - Sk heek6 1137 - edge, side, A4, (cf. 0309) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM heen 4 1138 - to guard, Al SW - Sheens CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM heen ' 1139 - cholera, B? SW - S haa2 (Bl); W haa4 (A4); Sh haa 3 (B4); LNK haa3 ; LCH, LMY haaS (B4) CN - LP +aas; LM laa5 ; WN oaa 5 (B4 in CN languages) N - Sk haa6 (C4) 1140 - to set (a trap), CI, (cf. 0774) SW - W haaTJ3; B haaTJ3 'platform for hunting'; Sh haaTJ3 'to construct, arrange, array, prepare, hunter's platform in a tree'; LNK haa'll4 'a trap, hunter's platform'; LCH, LMY haa'll' 'platform; to prepare, set up' CN - LP haaTJ3; LM, WN thaa113; LC, PS haa'll3 1141 - shoe, A4 SW - W, B haal CN - LP, LM, WN haay4; LC, PS kaay4; NM haay4 1142 - lime, AI, (same as 0085?) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM hooy'; WN h::>y'; LC hooyl (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM hooy1 1143 - to hang down, CI SW S, W, B, Sh h::>l; LNK h::>::>y4; LCH, LMY h::>y3 CN - LP, LM hool; WN h::>l; PS hool

192

Cognates

1144 - slave, I, CI, (cf. 0494, 0533) SW - S khaa 3 (khaa2 'mountain people'); W chaa1 'mountain people'; B saa3 'mountain people'; Sh khaa3 ; LNK khaa4 'servant; l' (latter said to be from Bangkok); LCH, LMY xaa3 CN - WN chaa3 'mountain people' 1145 - paternal grandfather, B2 SW - S puu2 ; W, B, Sh pu 2 ; LNK puu 3; LCH, LMY puu 2 1146 - tree; beginning, C2 SW - S ton 3; W tun'; B, Sh ton 3; LNK ton 5 ; LCH, LMY tun 3 1147 - cool, A3 SW - S, B yen!; Sh yen l 'to be quiet, still'; LNK yen"; LCH yin!; LMY yin4 CN - LM nin 4 'gooseflesh' N - Sk yen! (only in certain expressions < Lao) 1148 - to hire, C2 SW - S, W, B caaTj3; Sh saaTj3; LNK caaTj5; LCH, LMY caaTj3 N - Sk caaTj3 1149 - anvil, B4 SW - S thaTj3; B taTjs; Sh taTj3; LNK thaTj3; LCH, LMY ta1l5 CN - LM, WN taTjs N - Sk thaTj6 (C4) 1150 - calfofthe leg, B4, (cf. 0131, 0501) SW - S nOTj3; W, B, nOTj5 'underside of the knee'; Sh nOTj3 'the inside of the bend of the knee'; LNK n:)01l3; LCH, LMY nOTj5 CN - LM, NM nooTj5 1151 - to toast, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pi1l3; LNK piTj'; LCH, LMY piTj3 CN - LM pi1l3 'to bake in ashes' 1152 - level; only, A4 SW - S phiaTjI; B pia1l4; Sh pe1l 4 ; LNK phiaTj6; LCH, LMY pe1l4 CN - LP phiiTjI; LM piTj4; WN phiTjI, peTj5 N - Sk phiaTj4 1153 - to mend, Al SW - W, B fUTjI; Sh phuTjl; LNK fUUTjI; LCH, LMY fUTjI CN - LP, LM phoTjI; WN phUTjI, phoTjI; NM phooTjI 1154 - blind, having poor eyesight, A4, (cf. 0416) SW - S faall 1; W, B faaTj4; LNK faaTj6; LCH, LMY faa1l4 193

Comparative Tai Source Book

1155 -long (of time), AI, (cf. 0597, 0975, 1058) SW - S hW1']5 (literary); W hWTjI; B h'lTjI; Sh hWTjI; LNK h""1']I; LCH, LMY hWTjI CN - LP, LC h'lTjI; PS hWTjI; NM ha1']1 1156 - to sift, Al SW - S khw1']5; W ChWTJ1; B SYTjl; Sh khwTjI; LNK khYTJI 'a sieve'; LMY XWTJI CN - LM 1)(1']1; WN chaTJI; LC khYYTjI; PS khiTJI N - Sk raTJ2 1157 - petal; section of fruit, DL2 SW - S kliip2; W, B kip2; LNK kiip2; LCH liip2 'a clove of garlic' (cognate?) CN - LP kii p5; WN ci p6; LC kip2 N - Sk tliip6 (OG), triip6 (YG) 1158 - mouth, DSl, (cf. 0623) SW - W, B SOp2; Sh ShOp4; LNK SOpl 'lips'; LCH, LMY SOpl 1159 - strange, DL2 SW - S pleek2; W, B pe7 2 'alike, similar' (cognate?); Sh pek2 'different'; LNKptek 2 CN - LM peek2 'to exchange by mistake'; WN pek 2 'to leave, separate from'

194

REFERENCES Abramson, Arthur S. 1962. The Vowels and Tones o/Standard Thai: Acoustical Measurements and Experiments. Publication 20. Bloomington: Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics. Aymonier, Etienne. 1895. Voyage dans Ie Laos. Paris: Annals du Musee Guimet, Bibliotheques d'Etudes vols. 5, 6. Reference to "savages" called Silk, vol. 5, pp. 112-13. Baccam, Don, Falaung Baccam, Hung Baccam, and Dorothy Fippinger. 1989. Tat Dam-English English Tai-Dam Vocabulary. Eastlake, CO: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Benedict, Paul K. 1997. Linguistic Prediction: The Case of Saek. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 161-87. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Bickner, Robert J., John Hartmann, Thomas John Hudak, and Patcharin Peyasantiwong, eds 1989. Selected Papers on Comparative Taj Studies: William 1. Gedney. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 29. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. Blanchard, Wendell. 1957. Thailand, Its People, Its Society, Its Culture. New Haven: HRAF Country Survey Series. Bonifacy, Auguste Louis. 1907. Etude sur les Tay de la Riviere Claire au Tonkin et dans la Chine Meridionale (YUnnan et Kouangsi). Toung Pao, series 2, 8:77-98. - - - . 1919. Cours d 'etlmographie indochinoise. Hanoi-Haiphong: Imprimerie d' Extreme-Orient. Sek listed on p. 81. Creder, Wilhelm. 1935. Siam, das Land der Tai. Stuttgart: J. Engelhorns nachf. Cushing, Josiah Nelson. [1881]1914. A Shan and English Dictionary. 2nd ed. Rangoon: American Baptist Mission Press. (Reprint: Farnborough, England: Gregg International, 1971.) Davis, Sara L.M. 2005. Song and Silence: Ethnic Revival on China's Southwest Borders. New York: Columbia University Press. Dieu, Chinh Nhim, and Jean Donaldson. 1970. Pap san khhiim pak Tiiy-Keo-Eng: Ngu~vuhg Thai (Trang)-Viet-Anh: (White) Tai-Vietnamese-English Vocabulary. Saigon: Department of Education. Diguet, Edouard. 1895. Etude de fa langue (aj; precedee d'une notice sur les races des hautes regions du Tonkin: comprenant grammaire, methode d'ecriture tai et vocabulaires. Hanoi: F.H. Schneider.

195

Comparative Tai Source Book

Donaldson, Jean. 1963. White Tai Phonology. M.A. thesis, Hartford Seminary Foundation, Hartford, CT. Donaldson, Jean, and Jerold A. Edmondson. 1997. A Preliminary Examination of Tay Tac. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 235-66. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Durand, Maurice. 1952. Notes sur les pays tai de Phong-th6. Bulletin de la Societe des Etudes Indochinoises. N.s. 27: 193-231. Edmondson, Jerold A. 2000a. Personal Communication, 6 May. - - - . 2000b. The Language Corridor: New Evidence from Vietnam. In Proceedings: The International Conference on Tai Studies, July 29-31, 1988, edited by Somsonge Burusphat, 129-50. Bangkok: Institute of Language and Culture for Rural Development, Mahidol University. Edmondson, Jerold A., and Kenneth J. Gregerson. 2001. Four Languages of the Vietnam-China Borderlands. In Papersfrom the Sixth Annual Meeting of the Southeast Asian LingUistics Society: /996, edited by Karen L. Adams and Thomas John Hudak, 101-33. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. Edmondson, Jerold A., and David B. Solnit. 1997a. Comparative Shan. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 337-59. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. - - - , eds 1997b. Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Egerod, S0ren. 1957. Essentials of Shan Phonology and Script. Academia Sinica Bulletin of the Institute of Ethnology 29: 121-29. - - - . 1960. The Romanization of Shan. Burma Research Society Fiftieth Anniversary Publication 1:47-49. - - - . 1961. Three Shan Texts. Acta Orientalia 26(3/4): 149-88. Esquirol, Joseph, and Gust Williatte. 1908. Dictionnaire Dioi-Franr;ais. Hong Kong: Imprimerie de la Societe des Missions-Etangeres. Fippinger, Jay. 1975. Black Tai Sentence Types. In Studies in Tai Linguistics in Honor of William 1. Gedney, edited by Jimmy G. Harris and James R. Chamberlain, 130--69. Bangkok: Cemtral Institute of English. Fippinger, Jay, and Dorothy Fippinger. 1970. Black Tai Phonemes, with Reference to White TaL Anthropological Linguistics 12(3):83-97. Fraisse, Andre. 1950. Les tribus Sek et Kha de la province de Cammon (Laos). Bulletin de la Societe des Etudes Indochinoises 25(3):333-48. Saek vocabulary on pp. 338-40. Gedney, WilIiam J. 1947. [ndlc Loanwords in Spoken Thai. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. - - - . 1961. Special Vocabularies in Thai. In Georgetown University Round Table on Language and Linguistics, edited by Michael Zarechnak, 109-14. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press. - - - . 1964. A Comparative Sketch of White, Black, and Red Tai. The Social Science Review, Special Number, 1-47. Bangkok. 196

References

1965. Yay, A Northern Tai Language in North Vietnam. Lingua 14: 180-93. - - - . 1970. The Saek Language ofNakhon Phanom. Journal a/the Siam Society 57(1):67-87. - - - . 1972. A Checklist for Determining Tones in Tai Dialects. In Studies in Linguistics in Honor o/George L. Trager, edited by M. Estellie Smith, 423-37. The Hague: Mouton. - - - . 1989. Siamese Verse Forms in Historical Perspective. In Selected Papers on Comparative Tai Studies. William J. Gedney, edited by Robert J. Bickner, John Hartmann, Thomas John Hudak, and Patcharin Peyasantiwong, 489-544. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1993 a. Saek Final-I: Archaism or Innovation? In William J Gedney's The Saek Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 917-74. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1993b. The Twelve Year Names in Saek. In William J Gedney's The Saek Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 975-89. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1995a. Linguistic Diversity Among Tai Dialects in Southern Kwangsi. In William J Gedney's Central Tal Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 803-22. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1995b. A Comparative Central Tai Word list. In William J Gedney'S Central Tai Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Trans/ations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 883-962. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. 1995c. An Areal Vowel Change in Tai Dialects in Kwangsi and Kweichow. In William J. Gedney's Central Tal Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 823-58. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1995d. Notes on the Tai Dialect ofNing Ming: Part One. In William J Gedney's Central Tal Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 859-82. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1997. Saek, A Displaced Northern Tai Language. In William J. Gedney's Tai Dialect Studies: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 1281-1302. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. Haas, Mary R. 1942a. Types of Reduplication in Thai. Studies in Linguistics 1(1):1-6. ---.1942b. The Use of Numeral Classifiers in Thai. Language XVIII:201-05. - - - . 1946. Techniques ofIntensifYing in Thai. Word II: 125-30.

197

Comparative Tai Source Book --~.

1956. The Thai System of Writing. Washington D.C.: American Council of Learned Societies. ---.1964. Thai-English Student's Dictionary. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Hartmann, John F. 1981. Computations on a Tai Dam Origin Myth. Anthropological Linguistics 23(5): 183-202. - - - . 1984. Linguistic and Memory Structures in Tai-Lue Oral Narratives. Pacific Linguistics Series B-No. 20. Canberra: The Australian National University. - - - . 1985. Dating White Thai and Black Thai Scripts. A paper presented at the 18 th International Conference on Sino-Tibetan Languages and Linguistics, Ramkhamhaeng University, Bangkok, August 27-29. Published in Thai: 1987. Kaan-kaamnot ?aayu? tua-?aksoun tay khaaw lae? tay dam. Ruam Bot Khwaam Prawatisaat [Royal Thai Historical Society Review] 5:121-39. ---.1986. Varieties ofTai Dam Scripts. Crossroads 3(1):97-103. - - - . 1992. Tai Dam Poetics and Proto-tone Categories. In Papers on Tai Language, Literature, and Linguistics, edited by Carol J. Compton and John F. Hartmann, 262-77. DeKalb, IL: Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Northern Illinois University. - - - . 1994. Pronominal Strategies in Tai Dam Poetic Discourse. In Papersfrom the Second Annual Meeting of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society: 1992, edited by Karen L. Adams and Thomas John Hudak, 187-99. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. Haudricourt, Andre-Georges. 1956. De la restitution des initiales dans les langues monosyllabiques: Ie probleme du thai commun. Bulletin de la Societe de Linguistique de Paris 52(1):307-22. - - - . 1958. Les Sek de la province du Cammon (Laos), migration thai ou deportation chinoise? Journal Asiatique 246: 107-08. - - - . 1960. Notes sur les dialectes de la region de Moncay (Vietnam du Nord). Bulletin de rEcole Fram;aise d'Extreme Orient 50: 161-77. - - - . 1963a. Remarques sur les initiales complexes de la langue Sek. Bulletin de la Societe Linguistique de Paris 58: 156-63. - - - . 1963b. La langue Sek. Proceedings of the International Congress of Orientalists 25 (Moscow) 4:414-15. Abstract. - - - . 1972. Problemes de phonologie diachronique. Paris: Societe pour l'etude des 1angues africaines. - - - . 1976. La tonologie du Sek. Bulletin de fa Societe Lillguistique de Paris 71(1):299-304. Henderson, Eugenie J.A. 1949. Prosodies in Siamese: A Study in Synthesis. Asia Major New Series I (Part III): 189-215. Hudak, Thomas John. 2004. William J. Gedney's Elicitation Questionnaire. Journal of the American Oriental Society 124(3):549-59.

198

References Hudak, Thomas John, ed. 1991a. William J. Gedney's The Yay Language: Glossary, Texts. and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 38. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1991 b. William J. Gedney's The Tai Dialect of Lungming: Glossary, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 39. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . ed. 1993. William J. Gedney's The Saek Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 41. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1994. William J. Gedney's Southwestern Tai Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 42. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1995. WilliamJ. Gedney's Central Tai Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 43. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1996. William J. Gedney's The Lue Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 44. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1997. WiIliamJ. Gedney's Tai Dialect Studies: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 45. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . ed. 2000. Cushing's Shan-English Dictionary: A Phonetic Version. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. - - - . ed. 2001. Minot's White Tai Dictionary: A Phonetic Version. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. Khanitthanan, Wilaiwan. 1975. Saek Revisted. InA Tai Festschriftfor WilliamJ. Gedney on the Occasion of his Fifth Cycle of Life Birthday Anniversary, April 14, 1975, edited by Thomas W. Gething, 128-39. Honolulu: University ofHawai'i Southeast Asian Studies Program. 1976. Phaasaa Saek [The Saek Language]. Bangkok: Thammasat University Press. In Thai. Lebar, Frank M., Gerald C. Hickey, and John K. Musgrave. 1964. Ethnic Groups of Mainland Southeast Asia. New Haven: HRAF Press. Li, Fang-Kuei. 1940. The Tai Dialect of Lungchow. Institute of History and Philology Monographs, Series A, No. 16. Academia Sinica. Shanghai: The Commercial Press, Ltd. In Chinese.

199

Comparative Tai Source Book

- - - . 1944. The Influence of the Primitive Tai Glottal Stop and Pre-glottalized Consonants on the Tone System of Po-ai. Bulletin of Chinese Studies 4:59-68. - - - . 1956. The Tai Dialect of Wu-ming. Institute of History and Philology Monographs, Series A, No. 19. Academia Sinica. Taipei, Taiwan. In Chinese. - - - . 1957a. The Jui Dialect of Po-ai: Phonology. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology 28:551-66. 1957b. The Jui Dialect of Po-ai and the Northern Tai. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology 29:315-22. - - - . 1959. Classification by Vocabulary: Tai Dialects. Anthropological Linguistics 1(2):15-2l. - - - . 1960. A Tentative Classification of Tai Dialects. In Culture in History: Essays in Honor ofPaul Radin, edited by Stanley Diamond, 951-59. New York: Columbia University Press. - - - . 1964. The Phonemic System of the Tai-Lil Language. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology 35:7-14. - - - . 1977. A Handbook of Comparative Tai. Honolulu: The University Press ofHawai'i. Luo, Yongxian. 1996. The Subgroup Structure ofthe Tai Languages: A HistoricalComparative Study. Ph.D. dissertation, The Australian National University. Macey, Pau!' 1905. Etude ethnographique sur diverses tribus, aborigenes ou autochtones habitant les provinces des Hua-phano, Ha-tang-hoc et du Cammon, au Laos. Actes 14e Congres International des Orientalistes, Alger 1905. I re Partie, SO Sect.:3-63. Description of"Seks" on pp. 36-43; vocabulary on pp. 52-57. Mark, Lindy Li, and Fang-kuei Li. 1966. Speech Tone and Melody in Wu-Ming Folk Songs. In Essays Offered to G.H Luce by his Colleagues and Friend~ in Honour ofhis Seventy-fifth Birthday, vol. 1, edited by Ba Shin, Jean Boisselier, and A.B. Griswold, 167-86. Ascona, Switzerland: Artibus Asiae. Maspero, Henri. 1912. Etude sur la phonetique historique de la langue annamite. Les initiales. Bulletin de f'Ecole Fran~aise d'Extreme-Orient 12(1): 1-127. Saek tones on pp. 3-5. McFarland, George Bradley. 1944. Thai-English Dictionary. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Minot, Georges. 1940. Dictionnaire tay blanc-fran